®
Sprint PCS Service
SM
Sprint PowerVision Multimedia Phone
®
MM-9000 by Sanyo
©2005Sprint Nextel. Allrightsreserved. Noreproductioninwholeorinpart
without prior written approval. Sprint, the “Going Forward”logo and other
trademarksaretrademarksofSprint Nextel. Sanyoisaregisteredtrademarkof
SanyoElectricCo.,Ltd.
Table of Contents
Welcome to Sprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .i
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ii
Section 1: Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1A. Setting Up Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Getting StartedWith Sprint PCS Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Setting UpYourVoicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Sprint PCS Account Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Section 2: Your Sprint PCS Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
2A. Your Sprint PCS Phone: The Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
FrontView ofYour Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Viewing the Display Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Features ofYour Sprint PCS Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
TurningYour Phone On and Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
UsingYour Phone’s Battery and Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
DisplayingYour Phone Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Making and Answering Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
EnteringText . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
2B. ControllingYour Phone’s Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Sound Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Location Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Messaging Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Airplane Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
TTY UseWith Sprint PCS Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Phone Setup Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
2C. SettingYour Phone’s Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Accessing the Security Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
UsingYour Phone’s Lock Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Restricting Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Using Special Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Erasing Phone Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
ResettingYour Pictures Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
ResettingYour Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Resetting and LockingYour PhoneThrough SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Security Features for Sprint PCSVision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
2D. ControllingYour Roaming Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Understanding Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
SettingYour Phone’s Roam Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Using Call Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
2E. NavigatingThrough Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Menu Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Viewing the Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
2F. Managing Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Viewing History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Call History Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Making a Call From Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Saving a Phone Number From Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Prepending a Phone Number From Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Erasing Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
2G. Using the Contacts Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Displaying the Contacts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Adding a New Contacts Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Finding Contacts List Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Contacts List Entry Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Adding a Phone Number to a Contacts Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Editing a Contacts Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Erasing a Contacts Entry From the List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Assigning Speed Dial Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Assigning an Image to a Contacts Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Selecting a Ringer for an Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Secret Contacts Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Dialing Sprint PCS Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
2H. Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
UsingYour Phone’s Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Displaying Phone Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
UsingYour Phone’sTools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
2I. UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Using Automatic Speech Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Using theVoice Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
Setting Up Screen Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
2J. Using the miniSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
UsingYour Phone’s miniSD Card and the miniSD Adapter . . . .182
miniSD Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
miniSD Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
Playing Media Player in the miniSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
Setting Up the Digital Print Order Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
Printing Pictures Directly FromYour Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
ConnectingYour Phone toYour PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
2K. UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
Taking Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
RecordingVideos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Storing Pictures andVideos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Sending Sprint PCS Picture Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
Managing Sprint PCS Picture Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
2L. Using Sprint PCS Ready Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Getting StartedWith Sprint PCS Ready Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Making and Receiving a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Adding and Editing Ready Link Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
Erasing Ready Link List Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Updating Sprint PCS Ready Link Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
Managing Sprint PCS Ready Link Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
2M. UsingYour Phone’s Built-In Media Player . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
Your Multimedia Channel Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
AccessingYour Media Player’s Channel Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
Playing aVideo or Audio Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
Multimedia FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
Section 3: Sprint PCS Service Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
3A. Sprint PCS Service Features:The Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267
UsingVoicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
UsingText SMS Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
UsingVoice SMS Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
Using Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
Responding to CallWaiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
Making aThree-Way Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
Using Call Forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
3B. Sprint PCSVision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
Getting StartedWith Sprint PCSVision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290
Accessing Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297
Downloading Premium Services Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302
Exploring theWeb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Sprint PCSVision FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
3C. Sprint PowerVision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Getting to Know Sprint PowerVision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
Exploring the Sprint Music Store . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
PersonalizingYour ServiceWith On Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
UsingYour Sprint PCS Phone as a Modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
3D. Sprint PCSVoice Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327
Getting StartedWith Sprint PCSVoice Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
CreatingYour Own Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
Making a CallWith Sprint PCSVoice Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
Accessing Information Using Sprint PCSVoice Command . . . .331
Section4:SafetyandWarrantyInformation .........333
4A. Safety .................................................335
Getting the Most Out ofYour Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
Maintaining Safe Use of and Access toYour Phone . . . . . . . . . . . .338
Caring for the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
Acknowledging Special Precautions and the FCC Notice . . . . . .341
Owner’s Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343
Phone Guide Proprietary Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343
4B. Manufacturer’sWarranty ............................345
Manufacturer’sWarranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
Welcome to Sprint
Sprint iscommittedtobringingyouthebest wireless
technologyavailable. We built our complete, nationwide
network from the ground up, so all your services – whether
it’sVoicemail, Caller ID, email, or Sprint PCS Picture Mail –
will work the same wherever you go on the nationwide
Sprint PCS network.
This guide will familiarize you with our technology and your
new Sprint PCS Phone through simple, easy-to-follow
instructions. It’s all right here – from setting up your account
passwords and voicemail to using the most advanced
SM
features of Sprint PowerVision .
WelcomeandthankyouforchoosingSprint.
i
Introduction
This PhoneGuide introduces you to Sprint PCS Service and
all the features of your new phone. It’s divided into four
sections:
ࡗ Section1: Getting Started ࡗ Section2: Your Sprint PCS Phone ࡗ Section 3: Sprint PCS Service Features ࡗ Section 4: Safety Guidelines andWarranty Information Throughout this guide, you’ll find tips that highlight special
shortcuts and timely reminders to help you make the most
of your new phone and service.TheTable of Contents and
Index will also help you quickly locate specific information.
You’ll get the most out of your phone if you read each
section. However, if you’d like to get right to a specific
feature, simply locate that section in theTable of Contents
and go directly to that page. Follow the instructions in that
section, and you’ll be ready to use your phone in no time.
ii
Section 1
Getting Started
2
Section 1A
Setting Up Service
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ GettingStartedWithSprint PCS Service
SettingUpYourVoicemail
Sprint PCSAccount Passwords
GettingHelp
SettingupserviceonyournewSprint PCSPhoneisquickand
easy.This section walks you through the necessary steps to
unlock your phone, set up your voicemail, establish
passwords, and contact Sprint for assistance with your
Sprint PCS Service.
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
3
GettingStartedWithSprint PCSService
DeterminingifYourPhoneisAlreadyActivated
If you purchased your phone at a Sprint Store, it is probably
activated, unlocked, and ready to use. If you received your
phone in the mail, it probably has been activated; all you need
to do is unlock it.
If your phone is not activated, please refer to theWelcome to
Sprint brochure included with your phone.
UnlockingYourPhone
Tounlockyourphone,followtheseeasysteps:
1. Press
to turn the phone on.
2. Press Unlock (left softkey).
Note:Toselect asoftkey, pressthesoftkeybuttondirectlybelowthesoftkey
text that appearsat thebottomleft andbottomright ofyourphone’s
displayscreen. Softkeyactionschangeaccordingtothescreenyou’re
viewingandwillnot appearifthereisnocorrespondingactionavailable.
3. Enter your four-digit lock code. (For security purposes,
the code is not visible as you type.)
Tip:If you can’t recall your lock code, try using the last four digits of
either your Social Security number or Sprint PCS Phone number or try 0000
orNATL(6285). If none of these work, call Sprint Customer Service at:
1-888-211-4PCS (4727).
4
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
SettingUpYourVoicemail
All unanswered calls to your Sprint PCS Phone are
automatically transferred to your voicemail, even if your
phone is in use or turned off.Therefore, you will want to
set up your voicemail and personal greeting as soon as your
Sprint PCS Phone is activated.
Toset upyourvoicemail:
1. Press and hold
.
2. Follow the system prompts to:
Ⅲ
Create your pass code
Ⅲ
Record your greeting
Ⅲ
Record your name announcement
Ⅲ
Choose whether or not to activate One-Touch
Message Access (a feature that lets you access
messages simply by pressing and holding
,
bypassing the need for you to enter your pass code)
Note:Ifyouareconcernedabout unauthorizedaccesstoyourvoicemail
account, Sprint recommendsyouenableyourvoicemailpasscode.
For more information about using your voicemail, see “Using
Voicemail”on page 268.
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
5
Sprint PCSAccount Passwords
As a Sprint PCS customer, you enjoy unlimited access to your
personal account information, your voicemail account, and
your Sprint PCSVision account.To ensure that no one else has
access to your information, you will need to create passwords
to protect your privacy.
Account Password
If you are the account owner, you’ll have an account password
Customer Service. Your default account password is the last
four digits of your Social Security number. If you are not the
account owner (if someone else receives the invoice for your
Sprint PCS Service), you can get a sub-account password at
VoicemailPassword
You’ll create your voicemail password (or pass code) when you
set up your voicemail. See “Setting UpYourVoicemail”on page
5 for more information on your voicemail password.
Sprint PCSVisionPassword
With your MM-9000 by Sanyo, you may elect to set up a
Sprint PCSVision Password.This optional password may be
used to authorize purchase of Premium Services content and
to protect personal information on multi-phone accounts.
For more information, or to change your passwords, sign
1-888-211-4PCS(4727).
6
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
GettingHelp
Visit www.sprint.com
You can go online to:
ⅷ
Access your account information
ⅷ
Check your minutes used (depending on your
Sprint PCS Service Plan)
ⅷ
View and pay your bill
ⅷ
Make your life easier by enrolling in Online Invoicing and
Automatic Payment
ⅷ
Purchase accessories
ⅷ
Shop for the latest Sprint PCS Phones
ⅷ
View available Sprint PCS Service Plans and options
ⅷ
Learn more about Sprint PCSVision and other great
SM
products like Sprint PCS Picture Mail , games, ringers,
screen savers, and more
ReachingSprint CustomerService
You can reach Sprint Customer Service many different ways:
ABC
Shift
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Dial
on your Sprint PCS Phone
Sign on to your account at www.sprint.com
Call us toll-free at 1-888-211-4727 (Consumer customers)
or 1-888-788-4727 (Business customers)
ⅷ
Write to us at Sprint Customer Service, P.O. Box 8077,
London, KY 40742
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
7
ReceivingAutomatedInvoicingInformation
For your convenience, your phone gives you access to
invoicing information on your Sprint PCS Account.This
information includes balance due, payment received,
invoicing cycle, and an estimate of the number of minutes
used since your last invoicing cycle. (Normal airtime usage will
apply.)
Toaccessautomatedinvoicinginformation:
GHI
Shift
ᮣ
Press
.
Note:Thisservicemaynot beavailableinallAffiliateareas.
Sprint PCSDirectoryAssistance
You have access to a variety of services and information
through Sprint PCS Directory Assistance, including
residential, business, and government listings; assistance
with local or long-distance calls; movie listings; and hotel,
restaurant, shopping, and major local event information.
There is a per-call charge, and you will be billed for airtime.
TocallSprint PCSDirectoryAssistance:
GHI
ᮣ
Press
.
8
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
Sprint PCSOperatorServices
Sprint PCS Operator Services provides assistance when
placing collect calls or when placing calls billed to a local
telephone calling card or third party.
ToaccessSprint PCSOperatorServices:
ᮣ
Press
.
For more information or to see the latest in products and
Note:Sprint PCSOperatorServicesmaynot beavailableinallAffiliateareas.
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
9
10
Section 2
Your Sprint PCS Phone
12
Section 2A
Your Sprint PCS Phone: The Basics
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ FrontViewofYourPhone
ViewingtheDisplayScreen
FeaturesofYourSprint PCSPhone
TurningYour PhoneOnandOff
UsingYourPhone’sBatteryandCharger
DisplayingYourPhoneNumber
MakingandAnsweringCalls
EnteringText
YourSprint PCSPhoneispackedwithfeaturesthat simplify
yourlifeandexpandyourabilitytostayconnectedtothe
peopleandinformationthat areimportant toyou. This
section will guide you through the basic functions and
calling features of your phone.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
13
FrontViewofYourPhone
1. Earpiece
S pr i nt
A u g 1 5 , 0 5 ( M o n )
1 0 : 3 0 a m
2. Main LCD
Favorites
Web
3. Softkey (left)
17. Softkey (right)
16. Side Voice/Call Key
4. Navigation Key
5. MENU/OK
6. Camera Key
7. TALK Key
15. Back Key
14. Side Camera Key
13. END/POWER Key
12. SPEAKER Key
11. Keypad
8. Microphone
9. Accessories Connector
10. Standard Charger
Jack
18. miniSD Card Slot
24. Antenna
19. Camera
Lens
25. Headset
Jack
20. Macro/Normal
Switch
26. Ready Link
/
Recorder Button
21. Flash/LED
Indicator
27. Side Volume
Key
S p r i n t
1 0 : 3 0 a A u g 1 5
22. Speaker
23. Sub LCD
14
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
KeyFunctions
1. Earpiece lets you hear the caller and automated prompts.
2. MainLCD(display) displays the phone’s main menu,
features, modes, etc.
3. Softkey(left)lets you select the menu corresponding to the
bottom left line on the Main LCD.
4. NavigationKey lets you navigate quickly and easily
through the menu options. You can access the menu
shortcuts by pressing Right: Contacts, Left: Settings,
Up: Messaging, and Down: My Content.
5. MENU/OK lets you access the phone’s menus and select
menu options.
6. CameraKey lets you access the Picture andVideo menu
and take pictures and videos.
7. TALKKey lets you place or receive calls, answer Call
Waiting, or useThree-Way Calling.
8. Microphone to speak into or record your voice.
9. AccessoriesConnector connects accessories such as travel
charger (included).
10. StandardChargerJack connects the StandardizedTravel
Charger (not included).
11. Keypad lets you enter numbers, letters, and characters,
and navigate within menus. Press and hold keys 2-9 for
speed dialing.
12. SPEAKERKey lets you place or receive calls in speakerphone
mode.
13. END/POWERKey lets you turn the phone on/off, end a call,
or return to standby mode.
14. SideCameraKey lets you activate the camera and video
mode and take pictures and videos.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
15
15. BACK Key lets you display the previous page or clear
characters from the screen.
16. SideVoice/CallKey lets you place calls by using Automatic
Speech Recognition.
17. Softkey(right) lets you select the menu corresponding to
the bottom right line on the Main LCD.
18. miniSDCardSlot lets you use the miniSD card to expand
the memory of your phone. (See “Using the miniSD Card”
on page 181.)
19. CameraLens the built-in camera lens lets you take pictures
and videos.
20. Macro/NormalSwitch lets you switch between macro and
normal for close-up shots.
21. Flash/LEDIndicator the built-in flash lets you take pictures
and videos in low light and the LED indicator shows your
phone’s connection status at a glance.
22. Speaker lets you hear the different ringers and sounds. You
can mute the ringer when receiving incoming calls by
pressing
,
, or any of the side keys.
23. SubLCD lets you monitor the phone’s status and see who’s
calling without opening the phone.
24. Antenna fully extend the antenna for the best reception.
25. Headset Jack allows you to plug in an optional headset for
convenient, hands-free conversations.
26. ReadyLink/RecorderButton allows you to access the Sprint
PCS Ready Link List orVoice Recorder menu. (See “Using
SM
Sprint PCS Ready Link ”on page 229 or “Using theVoice
Recorder”on page 166.)
27. SideVolumeKey lets you adjust the receiver volume during
a call or ringer volume in standby mode. You can also use it
to scroll up or down to navigate through the different
menu options.
16
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
ViewingtheDisplayScreen
Your phone’s display screen provides a wealth of information
about your phone’s status and options.This list identifies the
symbols you’ll see on your phone’s display screen:
Tip:Toviewalist ofyourphone’siconsanddescriptions, fromthemain
menuselect Settings>PhoneInfo>Help.
shows your current signal strength.The more lines
you have, the stronger your signal.
means your phone cannot find a signal.
indicates the call is on hold.
tells you a call is in progress.
indicates the Sprint PCS Ready Link service is enabled.
indicates the Sprint PCS Ready Link service is enabled
and the speakerphone mode is set to on.
indicates the Sprint PCS Ready Link service is
disabled.
indicates Sprint PCSVision/Sprint PCS Ready Link
access is dormant.
indicates Sprint PCSVision/Sprint PCS Ready Link
access is active.
indicates Sprint PCSVision/Sprint PCS Ready Link
access is disabled.
indicatesSprintPowerVisionserviceisavailable.
indicatesSprintPowerVisionserviceisdormant.
indicates your access to a secure site.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
17
indicates you are “roaming”off the nationwide
Sprint PCS network.
indicates you have missed voice calls.
indicates you have missed Ready Link calls.
indicates you have schedule events or call alarms.
indicates you have alarm clock and/or countdown
notifications.
indicates you have picture messages, voicemail
messages, text messages, and/orVoice SMS.
indicates you have urgent messages.
indicates miniSD is inserted in your phone.
shows the level of your battery charge.The more
black you see, the more power you have left.
indicates the vibrate feature is set.
indicates volume level 4 or 1 and vibrate feature
are set.
indicates 1 beep feature is set.
indicates the voice call ringer setting is off.
indicates all the sound settings are off.
indicates the Location Service of your phone is
enabled.
indicates the Location Service of your phone is
disabled.
indicates you have a new caller’s message.
indicates the Screen Call Auto setting is on.
indicates the Alarm Clock setting is on.
18
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
indicates your phone is inTTY mode.
indicates Headset mode is set to Sprint PCS Ready
Link and a headset is connected.
indicates Headset mode is set toVoice Calls and a
headset is connected.
indicates the speakerphone mode is set to on.
Note:Displayindicatorshelpyoumanageyourroamingchargesbyletting
youknowwhenyou’reoffthenationwideSprint PCSnetworkandwhether
you’reoperatingindigitalmode. (Formoreinformation, seeSection2D:
ControllingYourRoamingExperienceonpage99.)
FeaturesofYourSprint PCSPhone
CongratulationsonthepurchaseofyourSprint PowerVision
MultimediaPhone.TheMM-9000bySanyoiseasy-to-useand
reliable, andit alsooffersmanysignificant featuresandservice
options.Thefollowinglist previewssomeofthosefeaturesand
providespagenumberswhereyoucanfindout more:
ⅷ
Sprint PowerVision, utilizing the next generation of
wireless data transfer technology, provides high-speed,
high-capacity access to the wireless Internet (page 315).
SM
ⅷ
Sprint PCSVision provides access to the wireless Internet
in digital mode (page 289).
ⅷ
Sprint PCS Mail (page 298),Text SMS (page 278) andVoice
SMS Messaging (page 282) provide quick and convenient
messaging capabilities.
SM
ⅷ
Sprint PCSVoice Command lets you dial phone numbers
by speaking someone’s name or the digits of their phone
number (page 327).
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
19
ⅷ
ⅷ
Games, ringers, screen savers, and other applications can be
downloaded to make your Sprint PCS Phone as unique as
you are (page 302). Additional charges may apply.
The Contacts directory can store up to 300 entries with up
to seven phone numbers per entry (page 121).
A separate Sprint PCS Ready Link Contacts list provides
easy access to up to 200 personal contacts and 200
company-provided contacts (page 229).
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
The built-in Calendar offers several personal information
management features to help you manage your busy
lifestyle (page 136).
Your Sprint PCS Phone is equipped with a Location feature
for use in connection with location-based services that
may be available in the future (page 69).
Your phone’s external LCD display allows you to monitor
the phone’s status and to see who’s calling without
opening the phone.
ⅷ
ⅷ
Speed dial lets you dial phone numbers with one key press
(see page 40).
The built-in camera allows you to take full-color digital
pictures and videos, view your pictures and videos using
the phone’s display, and instantly send them to family and
SM
friends using Sprint PCS Picture Mail service (page 199).
ⅷ
ⅷ
Sprint PCS Ready Link allows you to enjoy quick, two-way,
“walkie-talkie-style”communication with one or several
Sprint PCS Ready Link users (page 229).
The Media Player allows you to enjoy streaming video and
audio with your phone (page 257).
20
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
TurningYourPhoneOnandOff
TurningYourPhoneOn
Toturnyourphoneon:
ᮣ
Press
.
Once your phone is on, it may display “Looking for service...,”
which indicates that your phone is searching for a signal.
When your phone finds a signal, it automatically enters
standby mode – the phone’s idle state. At this point, you are
ready to begin making and receiving calls.
If your phone is unable to find a signal after 15 minutes of
searching, a Power Save feature is automatically activated.
When a signal is found, your phone automatically returns to
standby mode.
In Power Save mode, your phone searches for a signal
periodically without your intervention. You can also initiate a
search for Sprint PCS Service by pressing any key (when your
phone is turned on).
Tip:ThePowerSavefeaturehelpstoconserveyourbatterypowerwhenyou
areinanareawherethereisnosignal.
TurningYourPhoneOff
Toturnyourphoneoff:
ᮣ
Press and hold
for two seconds until you see the
powering down animation on the display screen.
Your screen remains blank while your phone is off (unless the
battery is charging).
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
21
UsingYourPhone’sBatteryandCharger
BatteryCapacity
Your Sprint PCS Phone is equipped with a Lithium Ion (LiIon)
battery. It allows you to recharge your battery before it is fully
drained.The battery provides up to 3.2 hours of continuous
digital talk time.
When there are approximately 5 minutes of talk time left, the
battery icon turns red and the phone sounds an audible alert
and then powers down.
Note:Longbacklight settings, searchingforservice, vibratemode, and
browseruseaffect thebattery’stalkandstandbytimes.
Tip:Besuretowatchyourphone’sbatterylevelindicatorandchargethe
batterybeforeit runsout ofpower.
InstallingtheBattery
ToinstalltheLiIonbattery:
ᮣ
To install, insert the battery into the opening on the back
of the phone and gently press down until the latch snaps
into place.
22
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
RemovingtheBattery
Toremoveyourbattery:
1. Make sure the power is off so that you don’t lose any
stored numbers or messages.
2. Press the battery release latch down and remove the
battery from the phone at a 45-degree angle.
ChargingtheBattery
Your Sprint PCS Phone’s LiIon battery is rechargeable and
should be charged as soon as possible so you can begin using
your phone.
Keeping track of your battery’s charge is important. If your
battery level becomes too low, your phone automatically
turns off and you will lose all the information you were just
working on. For a quick check of your phone’s battery level,
glance at the battery charge indicator located in the upper-
right corner of your phone’s display screen. If the battery
charge is getting too low, the battery icon
phone displays a warning message.
appears and the
Always use a Sprint-approved desktop charger, travel charger,
or vehicle power adapter to charge your battery.
Warning:Usingthewrongbatterychargercouldcausedamagetoyour
phoneandvoidthewarranty.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
23
UsingtheCharger
Tousethetravelchargerprovidedwithyourphone:
ᮣ
Plug the round end of the AC adapter into the phone’s
charger jack and the other end into an electrical outlet.
Ⅲ
The
icon on the phone lets you know the battery
is fully charged.
It takes approximately 4.0 hours to fully recharge a
completely rundown battery. With the Sprint-approved LiIon
battery, you can recharge the battery before it becomes
completely run down.
DisplayingYourPhoneNumber
Just in case you forget your phone number, your Sprint PCS
Phone can remind you.
Todisplayyourphonenumber:
ᮣ
Press
to access the main menu, then select
Settings > PhoneInfo > Phone#/UserID. (Your phone
number and other information about your phone and
account will be displayed.)
24
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
MakingandAnsweringCalls
MakingCalls
Placing a call from your Sprint PCS Phone is as easy as making a
call from any land line phone. Just enter the number and press
, and you’re on your way to clear calls.
Tomakeacallusingyourkeypad:
1. Make sure your phone is on.
2. Enteraphonenumberfromstandbymode. (Ifyoumakea
mistakewhiledialing, press
time. Pressandhold
toeraseonedigit at a
toerasetheentirenumber.)
3. Press
. (To make a call when you are roaming
and Call Guard is enabled, see “Using Call Guard”on
page 103.)
4. Press
or close the phone when you are finished.
Tip:WhenmakingcallsoffthenationwideSprint PCSnetwork, alwaysdial
using11digits(1+areacode+phonenumber).
You can also place calls from your Sprint PCS Phone by using
SM
Sprint PCSVoice Command (page 327), Speed Dialing (page
40), Automatic Speech Recognition (page 154), and using your
Call History listings (page 116).
Correct
Incorrect
Important:Tomaximizeperformance
whenusingyourSprint PCSPhone,
extendtheantennabeforeacallanddo
not touchtheantennaduringacall.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
25
DialingOptions
Dialing options are displayed when you press Options (right
softkey)afterenteringnumbersinthephone’sstandbymode.
To select an option, highlight it and press
.
ⅷ
Abbrev. Dial to dial the phone number in your Contacts list
that ends with the digits you entered. (See “Using
Abbreviated Dialing”on page 41.)
ⅷ
ⅷ
Call to dial the phone number.
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone
mode.
ⅷ
SendMessage to send aText SMS message (page 278),
aVoice SMS message (page 282), or a Picture Mail
(page 222).
ⅷ
ⅷ
SavePhone# to save the phone number in your Contacts
list. (See “Saving a Phone Number”on page 36.)
Find to display Contacts list entries that end with the
digits you entered. (See “Finding a Phone Number”on
page 37.)
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
H
HardPause to insert a hard pause. (See “Dialing and
Saving Phone NumbersWith Pauses”on page 37.)
T
2-Sec. Pause to insert a 2-second pause. (See “Dialing
and Saving Phone NumbersWith Pauses”on page 37.)
Hyphen to insert a hyphen. (Hyphens are generally for
visual appeal only; they are not necessary when entering
numbers.)
Tip:Tospeeddialaphonenumber, pressandholdtheappropriatespeeddial
key(locations2-9). See“AssigningSpeedDialNumbers”onpage130.
Tip:Press
or
todisplaytheRecent Callslist. Highlight a
or to make a call.
number and press
26
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
AnsweringCalls
Toansweranincomingcall:
1. Make sure your phone is on. (If your phone is off,
incoming calls go to voicemail.)
2. Press
or
to answer an incoming call.
(Depending on your phone’s settings, you may also
answer incoming calls by opening the phone or by
pressing any number key.)
Toansweranincomingcallwiththeflipclosed:
1. Make sure your phone is on. (If your phone is off,
incoming calls go to voicemail.)
2. When your phone rings or vibrates, press and hold the
SideVoice/Callkey(
)ontheright sideofthephone.
(The call will be answered in speakerphone mode.)
– or –
Open the phone to use the earpiece.
Note:If the setting for Open Flip is set to “No Action,”opening the phone
will not answer the call. (See “Setting the Open/Close Flip Option”on
page 81.)
Your Sprint PCS Phone notifies you of incoming calls in the
following ways:
ⅷ
The phone rings and/or vibrates.
ⅷ
The indicator light flashes.
ⅷ
The backlight illuminates.
ⅷ
The screen displays an incoming call message.
If the incoming call is from a number stored in your Contacts
list, the entry’s name is displayed.The caller’s phone number
may also be displayed, if available.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
27
When receiving a call, the following options are also displayed
by pressing Options (right softkey).To select an option,
highlight it and press
.
ⅷ
CallGuard to answer the call when you are in roaming
mode. (See page 103 for setting Call Guard.)
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Answer to answer the call.
Answer:Speaker to answer the call in speakerphone mode.
AnsweronHold to put the call on hold. (See “Setting
Answer on Hold”on page 29.)
ⅷ
ⅷ
ScreenCall to answer the call by using a pre-recorded
announcement. (See “Setting Up Screen Call”on
page 176.)
Quiet Ringer to mute the ringer. (If available.)
AnsweringaRoamCallWithCallGuardEnabled
Call Guard is an option that helps you manage your roaming
charges when making or receiving calls while outside the
nationwide Sprint PCS network. Please see Section 2D:
ControllingYour Roaming Experience on page 99 for more
information about roaming.
ToansweracallwhenyouareroamingandCallGuardisenabled:
1. Press
or
.
2. Press
to proceed while the pop-up message is
displayed.
Note:Whenyourphoneisoff, incomingcallsgodirectlytovoicemail.
28
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
SettingAnsweronHold
This feature allows you to hold an incoming call when you
cannot answer immediately.
Toset AnsweronHold:
1. When you receive an incoming call, press Options (right
softkey).
2. Highlight AnsweronHold and press . (The caller hears
a message to wait your answer. will display on the
screen while the call is on hold.)
Toresumethecall:
ᮣ
Press Answer (left softkey) or
.
– or –
Press Options (right softkey), highlight Answer or
Answer:Speaker and press
.
EndingaCall
To disconnect a call when you are finished:
Withtheflipopen:
ᮣ
Close the phone or press
.
Withtheflipclosed:
ᮣ
Press and hold
.
Note:IfthesettingforCloseFlipisnot set to“End,”closingthephonewill
not endthecall. (See“SettingtheOpen/CloseFlipOption”onpage81.)
Tip:Time/Dateisdisplayedwhenyoupress
whilethephoneisinuse.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
29
UsingtheSpeakerphone
The speakerphone feature lets you hear audio through the
speaker and talk without holding the phone. When the
speakerphone is activated, use the volume control keys on the
side of the phone to adjust the volume.
Toturnthespeakerphoneonduringacall:
ᮣ
Press
– or –
.
Press Options (right softkey), highlight SpeakerOn, and
press
.
Toturnthespeakerphoneoffduringacall:
ᮣ
Press
– or –
.
Press Options (right softkey), highlight SpeakerOff, and
press
.
Tip:Youcanadjust thespeakerphonevolumeusingtheSideVolumekeyor
thenavigationkey.
Warning!Duetohighervolumelevels, donot placethephonenearyourear
duringspeakerphoneuse.
30
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
ChangingtheRingerVolume
To change the ringer volume, press the SideVolume key when
the phone is open and in standby mode.
Note:Tochangetheringervolumefromthemainmenu, see“Adjustingthe
Phone’sVolumeSettings”onpage55.
AdjustingVolumeDuringaConversation
When you need to adjust the receiver volume during a
conversation, use the side volume key, or press the navigation
key up or down while a call is in progress.
MutingaCall
There are times when it’s necessary to mute a call so that your
caller does not hear you or certain background noise.
Tomuteacall:
ᮣ
Press Options (right softkey), highlight Mute, and
press . (When the phone is muted, “Muted”appears
on the display.)
Tounmuteacall:
ᮣ
Press Options (right softkey), highlight Unmute, and
press
.
Tip:Youcanalsomuteacallwiththeflipclosed. Simplypress
, whichis
locatedonthesideofyourphone.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
31
MissedCallNotification
When an incoming call is not answered, the Missed Call log
and the icon are displayed on your screen.
TocalltheMissedCallentry:
ᮣ
Press
or
.
Tip:Ifyouhavetwoormorenotifications, theMissedAlertslist willappear.
TocleartheMissedCalldisplay:
ᮣ
Press Dismiss (right softkey).
Tip:Tocheckthemissednotificationfromstandbymode, press
and
select MissedAlerts.
32
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
CallingEmergencyNumbers
WXYZ
You can place calls to 911 (dial
and press
),
even if your phone is locked or your account is restricted.
Whenyouplaceanemergencycall, yourphoneautomatically
entersEmergencymode.
Press Options (right softkey) to display the options.To select
an option, highlight it and press
.
ⅷ
SpeakerOn to activate speakerphone mode. (If you are in
speakerphone mode, the option will appear as SpeakerOff
to deactivate.)
ⅷ
ⅷ
UnlockPhone to unlock your phone (appears only if the
phone is locked).
CloseMenu to close the pop-up menu (appears only if the
phone is unlocked).
Tip:PressMyPhone(left softkey)todisplayyourphonenumberduring
Emergencymode.
Toexit Emergencymode:
1. Press
2. Press Options (right softkey) to display the options.
3. Highlight Exit Emergency and press
during a 911 call.
.
Note:WhenyouareinEmergencymode, youcanonlyexit fromtheoptions
menu.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
33
Toselect Emergencymodeoptions:
1. Press during a 911 call.
2. Press Options (right softkey).
Ⅲ
Call911 to call 911.
Ⅲ
Call911:Speaker to call 911 in speakerphone mode.
Ⅲ
Exit Emergency to exit Emergency mode.
3. Highlight an option and press
.
In-CallOptions
Pressing Options (right softkey) during a call displays a list of
features you may use during the course of a call.To select an
option, highlight it and press .The following options are
available through the Options menu:
ⅷ
Flash to answer an incoming CallWaiting call or to connect
a third party duringThree-Way Calling.
ⅷ
Mute or Unmute to mute or reactivate your phone’s
microphone.
ⅷ
SpeakerOn or SpeakerOff to activate or deactivate
speakerphone mode.
Warning!Duetohighervolumelevels, donot placethephonenearyourear
duringspeakerphoneuse.
ⅷ
Three-WayCall to call a third party.
ⅷ
MissedAlerts to display missed notifications.
ⅷ
CallHistory to access the Call History menu. (See
“Managing Call History”on page 113.)
ⅷ
Contacts to access the Contacts menu. (See “Using the
Contacts Directory”on page 121.)
34
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Messaging to access the Messaging menu. (See
“Sprint PCS Messaging”on page 297.)
Tools to access theTools menu. (See “Using the Phone’s
Calendar andTools”on page 135.)
Settings to access the Settings menu. (See “Controlling
Your Phone’s Settings”on page 49.)
Note:TheFlashmenuappearsonlyforCallWaitingandThree-Way
Calling.TheThree-WayCallmenudoesnot appearinRoamingareas.
End-of-CallOptions
To display the following options, press Options (right softkey)
within 10 seconds after disconnecting a call.
To select an option, highlight it and press
.
ⅷ
CallAgain to dial the phone number.
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone
mode.
ⅷ
SavePhone# to save the phone number in your Contacts
list.
Ⅲ
GotoPhoneBook appears when the number is
already in your Contacts list. (See “Saving a Phone
Number”on page 36.)
Note:TheEnd-of-Calloptionsarenot displayedforcallsidentifiedas
NoIDorRestricted.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
35
SavingaPhoneNumber
Your Sprint PCSVision Phone can store up to 500 phone
numbers in up to 300 Contacts entries (an entry may contain
up to seven numbers). Each entry’s name can contain 16
characters. Your phone automatically sorts the Contacts
entries alphabetically. (For more information, see Section 2G:
Using the Contacts Directory on page 121.)
Tosaveanumberfromstandbymode:
1. Enter a phone number.
2. Press Options (right softkey).
3. Highlight SavePhone# and press
4. Select a label and press
.
.
5. Enter a name and press . If you have already stored
entries in the Contacts list, you are prompted to select
the following entry modes:
Ⅲ
NewName to enter a new name.
Ⅲ
FromPh. Book to select a name from the Contacts
entry list.
6. Press Save (left softkey).
36
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
FindingaPhoneNumber
You can search Contacts list entries for phone numbers that
contain a specific string of numbers.
Tofindaphonenumber:
1. Enter the last four or more digits of the number and
press Options (right softkey). (The more numbers you
enter, the more specific the search becomes.)
2. Highlight Find and press . (The Contacts entry that
ends with the digits you entered appears.)
3. Scroll to your desired entry.
Ⅲ
Press
Press
to display the entry details.
or to dial.
Ⅲ
DialingandSavingPhoneNumbersWithPauses
You can dial or save phone numbers with pauses for use with
automated systems, such as voicemail or credit card billing
numbers.
There are two types of pauses available on your phone:
ⅷ
HardPause sends the next set of numbers when you
press
.
ⅷ
2-Sec. Pause automatically sends the next set of numbers
after two seconds.
Note:Youcanhavemultiplepausesinaphonenumberandcombine
2-secondandhardpauses.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
37
Todialorsavephonenumberswithpauses:
1. Enter the phone number and press Options (right
softkey).
2. Highlight either HardPause or 2-Sec. Pause and
press . (Hard pauses are displayed as an “H”and
2-second pauses as a “T”.)
3. Enter additional numbers (for example, a passcode or an
extension).
4. To dial the number, press
or
. (When dialing a
to send the next
number with a hard pause, press
set of numbers.)
– or –
To save the number in your Contacts list, press Options
(right softkey), highlight SavePhone#, and press
.
Plus(+)CodeDialing
When placing international calls, you can use Plus Code
Dialing to automatically enter the international access code
for your location (for example, 011 for international calls
made from the United States).
TomakeacallusingPlusCodeDialing:
1. Press and hold
until a “+”appears on your phone
display.
2. Dial the country code and phone number you’re calling
and press . (The access code for international
dialing will automatically be dialed, followed by the
country code and phone number.)
38
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
Tip:PlusCodeDialingcannot beusedwhenenteringanaddressfor
messaging. (See“UsingText SMSMessaging”onpage278tosendaText
SMSmessage. See“SendingSprint PCSPictureMail”onpage222tosenda
pictureorvideo.)
DialingFromtheContactsDirectory
TodialdirectlyfromaContactsentry:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Contacts.
3. Select Find/AddEntry (
).
Shortcut:Pressthenavigationkeyright tolist entries.
4. Scroll to the desired entry in the Contacts list and
press
.
5. Scroll to the number you want to call.
6. Press Options (right softkey) for the menu options.
7. Highlight Call or Call:SpeakerOn and press
to place a
call.
Tip:Youcanalsoplaceacallbypressing
,
, orCall (left softkey)
duringstep5above.
Note:Theiconsnext toeachentryrepresent theContactslabels(for
example, Mobile, Home,Work, etc.). Atrianglenext toaniconmeansthereis
anotherlabelfortheentry. Pressthenavigationkeyright orleft toselect the
desiredlabel.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
39
UsingSpeedDialing
With this feature, you can dial your favorite entries using one
key press for locations 2-9. (See “Assigning Speed Dial
Numbers”on page 130.)
Tousespeeddialforvoicecalls:
ᮣ
From standby mode, press and hold the appropriate key
for approximately two seconds.
– or –
From standby mode, press the appropriate key and press
or
.
The display confirms that the number has been dialed when it
shows “Connecting...”.
TousespeeddialforSprint PCSReadyLinkcalls:
ᮣ
From standby mode, press the appropriate key and
press
. (See “Assigning Speed Dialing for Sprint PCS
Ready Link Entries”on page 250.)
The display confirms that the number has been dialed when it
shows “R-Link calling...”.
Note:Speeddialingisnot availablewhenyouareroaming;whenyouare
roamingoffthenationwideSprint PCSnetwork, youmust alwaysdialusing
elevendigits(1+areacode+number).
40
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
UsingAbbreviatedDialing
Abbreviated Dialing is another form of speed dialing. It allows
you to dial a number by entering the last 3-6 digits of any
number in your Contacts directory.This feature becomes
available when you enable Abbreviated Dialing and enter the
appropriate digits of a phone number. (See “Setting
Abbreviated Dialing”on page 84.)
ToplaceacallusingAbbreviatedDialing:
1. Dial the last 3-6 digits of a contact’s phone number.
2. Press Options (right softkey) to display the dialing
options.
3. Highlight Abbrev. Dial and press
,
, or
.
Tip:IfthePhoneBookMatchsettingison, youneedtoselect anentryfroma
list beforeplacingacall. (Seepage84forsetting.)
Tip:Youcanalsoplaceacallbypressing
or
duringstep2above.
Note:Ifthereisnomatchednumber, yourphonedialsthenumberyouset
forabbreviateddialwiththelast fourorfivedigitsyouentered. Ifthereare
matchednumbersinyourContactslist,theabbreviateddiallist willbe
displayed.Toplaceacall, select anumberandpress
.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
41
EnteringText
SelectingaCharacterInput Mode
Your Sprint PCS Phone provides convenient ways to enter
words, letters, punctuation, and numbers whenever you are
prompted to enter text (for example, when adding a Contacts
entry or when using Sprint PCS Mail andText SMS Messaging).
Tochangethecharacterinput mode:
1. When you display a screen where you can enter text,
press Mode (right softkey).
2. Select a character input mode:
Ⅲ
AddWord to store words that you use frequently
(see page 44).
Ⅲ
Preset Messages to enter preset messages (see
page 71).
Ⅲ
Recent Messages to enter messages used recently.
Ⅲ
Signature to enter your signature (see page 72).
Ⅲ
T9Word to enter characters using predictive
T9Text Input (see page 43).
Ⅲ
Alphabet to enter characters by tapping the keypad
(see page 46).
Ⅲ
SYMBOL to enter symbols.
Ⅲ
NUMBERto enter numbers.
Ⅲ
PRESETSUFFIX to enter a preset suffix (for example,
www., http://, or .com).
Ⅲ
SMILEYS to enter smile pictures.
Ⅲ
Emoticons to enter an emotion icon.
Tip:Preset Messages, Recent Messages, andEmoticons areonlyavailable
whencomposingtext messages.
42
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
Ⅲ
Select Language to select the language (English or
Spanish).
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
EraseAll to erase all text (if applicable).
Paste to paste copied or cut text (if applicable).
SelectText to select stored text for copying or
cutting.
Shift
Tip:When entering text, press the
key to change letter
capitalization(Abc >ABC >abc).
EnteringCharactersUsingT9Text Input
T9Text Input lets you enter text in your Sprint PCS Phone by
pressing keys just once per letter. (To select the T9Word mode
when entering text, see “Selecting a Character Input Mode”
on page 42.)
T9Text Input analyzes the letters you enter using an intuitive
word database and creates a suitable word. (The word may
change as you type.)
ToenterawordusingT9Text Input:
1. Select the T9Word character input mode. (See “Selecting
a Character Input Mode”on page 42.)
2. Press the corresponding keys once per letter to enter a
ABC
word (for example, to enter the word “Bill,”press
GHI
JKL
JKL
). (If you make a mistake, press
to
erase a single character. Press and hold
word by word.)
to delete
Space
3. To accept a word and insert a space, press
or
.
Tip: The
optionisavailableduringstep3aboveonlywhentheAuto
Spacesettingison(seepage83).
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
43
AddingaWordtotheT9Database
If a word you want to enter does not display as an option
when you are usingT9Text Input, you can add it to the
database.
ToaddawordtotheT9Text Input database:
1. Select the AddWord mode. (See “Selecting a Character
Input Mode”on page 42.)
2. Enter the word using multi-tap (Alphabet) text entry
and press Save (left softkey).
– or –
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
4. Select Text Entry.
5. Select AddWord.
).
6. Enter the word using multi-tap (Alphabet) text entry
and press Save (left softkey).
Toedit orerasethewordsyouhaveadded:
1. Follow steps 1-4 above.
2. Select MyWords.
3. Select your desired word and press Options (right
softkey).
4. To select an option, highlight it and press
.
Ⅲ
Edit to edit a word in MyWords.
Ⅲ
Erase to erase a word in MyWords.
44
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
CustomizingtheT9Settings
TocustomizetheT9Settings:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
).
4. Select Text Entry.
5. Select T9Settings.
6. Select your desired option and press
.
Ⅲ
Predict.Text Mode to allowT9 text input to recognize
words you have added to theT9 database.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
WordChoiceList to display word choice list.
Showafterenter to select when (after 1-3 digits) to
display the words choice list.The word choice list
will display based on the number of digits you
selected.
Ⅲ
Showafterwait to select how many seconds the
phone should wait to display the word choice list.
For more information about T9Text Input, visit theTegicWeb
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
45
EnteringCharactersbyTappingtheKeypad
Toentercharactersbytappingthekeypad:
1. Select the Alphabet mode. (See “Selecting a Character
Input Mode”on page 42.)
2. Press the corresponding keys repeatedly until the desired
letter appears (for example, to enter the word “Bill,”
ABC
GHI
JKL
press
and
press
twice,
three times,
three times,
JKL
three times again). (If you make a mistake,
to erase a single character. Press and hold
to delete word by word.)
By default, the first letter of an entry is capitalized and the
following letters are lowercase. After a character is entered,
the cursor automatically advances to the next space after two
seconds or when you enter a character on a different key.
Characters scroll in the following order:
English Sequence
Key
Upper Case
Lower Case
. , @ 1 ? ! # /
A B C 2
D E F 3
G H I 4
J K L 5
*
ABC
DEF
a b c 2
d e f 3
g h i 4
GHI
JKL
j k l 5
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
M N O 6
P Q R S 7
T U V 8
W X Y Z 9
0
m n o 6
p q r s 7
t u v 8
w x y z 9
Space
Shift
Space
One-character- shifted Caps Lock Unshifted
46
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
In Spanish mode, characters scroll in the following order:
Spanish Sequence
Key
Upper Case
Lower Case
. , @ 1 ¿ ? ¡ ! # /
A Á B C 2
D E É F 3
G H I Í 4
J K L 5
*
ABC
DEF
a á b c 2
d e é f 3
g h i í 4
GHI
JKL
j k l 5
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
M N Ñ O Ó 6
P Q R S 7
T U Ú Ü V 8
W X Y Z 9
0
m n ñ o ó 6
p q r s 7
t u ú ü v 8
w x y z 9
Space
Shift
Space
One-character- shifted Caps Lock Unshifted
To select Spanish mode for text entry, select Mode > Select
Language > Spanish. (See “Selecting a Character Input Mode”
on page 42.)
To change your phone’s menu to Spanish mode, see “Display
Language”on page 80.
Section 2A:Your Sprint PCS Phone –The Basics
47
48
Section 2B
Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ SoundSettings
DisplaySettings
LocationSettings
MessagingSettings
AirplaneMode
TTYUseWithSprint PCSService
PhoneSetupOptions
UsingthemenuoptionsavailableonyourSprint PCSPhone,
youcancustomizeyourphonetosound, look, andoperatejust
thewayyouwant it to.This section describes how you can
change your phone’s settings to best suit your needs.Take a
few moments to review these options and to adjust or add
settings that are right for you.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
49
SoundSettings
RingerTypes
Ringer types help you identify incoming calls and messages.
You can assign ringer types to individual Contacts entries,
types of calls, and types of messages.
ⅷ
PreprogrammedRingers include a variety of standard
ringer types and familiar music.
ⅷ
VibratingRinger alerts you to calls or messages without
disturbing others.
ⅷ
DownloadedRingerscan be downloaded right to your
phone. (See “Downloading Premium Services Content”on
page 302.)
SelectingRingerTypesforVoiceCalls
Your Sprint PCS Phone provides a variety of ringer options that
allow you to customize your ring and volume settings.These
options allow you to identify incoming calls by the ring.
Toselect aringertypeforvoicecalls:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
4. Select RingerType (
5. Select VoiceCalls.
).
ABC
).
6. Select WithCallerID or NoCallerID.
7. Scroll to your desired ringer type and press
.
50
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
Toselect adistinctiveringerforvoicecallswhileroaming:
1. Press to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
4. Select RingerType (
5. Select VoiceCalls.
6. Select Roaming.
).
ABC
).
7. Select Distinctive. (Select Normal to deactivate this
feature.)
SelectingRingerTypesforSprint PCSReadyLinkCalls
Toselect aringertypeforSprint PCSReadyLinkcalls:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
4. Select RingerType (
5. Select ReadyLink.
).
ABC
).
6. Select ReadyLinkCalls, R-LinkMissed, or
R-LinkFloorTone.
7. Scroll to your desired ringer type and press
.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
51
SelectingRingerTypesforVoicemailorCalendar/Alarm
Toselect aringertypeforvoicemailorcalendar/alarm:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
4. Select RingerType (
).
ABC
).
5. Select Voicemail or Calendar/Alarm.
6. Press , scroll to your desired ringer type, and
press
.
SelectingRingerTypesforMessaging
Toselect aringertypeformessaging:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
4. Select RingerType (
5. Select Messaging.
).
ABC
).
6. Select Text, PictureMail, or VoiceSMS.
7. Scroll to your desired ringer type and press
.
52
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
SelectingaToneLength
Your phone offers a number of options for selecting the
audible tones accompanying a key press. (Longer tone lengths
may be better for tone recognition when dialing voicemail or
other automated systems.)
Toselect atonelength:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
).
).
PQRS
4. Select Others (
5. Select ToneLength.
6. Select Short or Long.
SettingaStart-up/Power-offTone
Toset astart-up/power-offtone:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
).
).
PQRS
4. Select Others (
5. Select Start-upTone or Power-offTone.
6. Scroll to your desired tone and press
.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
53
UsingVoicePrompt
This feature allows you to hear voice prompts at Automatic
Speech Recognition (ASR),Voice Recorder, Screen Call setting,
etc. (default setting is off).
Toenableordisablevoiceprompt:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
).
).
PQRS
4. Select Others (
5. Select VoicePrompt.
6. Select On or Off.
Tip:Whenringervolumeisset to“SilenceAll,”voicepromptscannot be
heard.
SettingUpKeyPressEcho
With this feature, you can hear a voice say the numbers when
you press the keypad.This feature is available when you are in
standby mode.
ToturnKeyPressEchoonoroff:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
).
).
PQRS
4. Select Others (
5. Select KeyPressEcho.
6. Select On or Off.
54
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
AdjustingthePhone’sVolumeSettings
You can adjust your phone’s volume settings to suit your
needs and your environment.
Toadjust theringerandkeyvolume:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
).
4. Select Ringer/KeyVol. (
).
5. Select RingerVolume, Calendar/Alarm, Start-up/Pw-off,
or KeyBeep.
6. Using the navigation key, choose a volume level and
press
Toadjust theearpieceorspeakervolume:
1. Press to access the main menu.
.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
4. Select ReceiverVol. (
).
JKL
).
5. Select either Earpiece or Speaker.
6. Using the navigation key, choose a volume level and
press
.
Tip:Youcanadjust theringervolumeinstandbymode(ortheearpiece
volumeduringacall)byusingtheSideVolumekey.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
55
Toadjust theapplicationvolume:
This setting is available for the volume of video, Media Player,
downloaded data, and browser.
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
).
MNO
4. Select ApplicationVol. (
).
5. Press , choose a volume level, and press
.
SelectingVibratePatterns
With this feature, you can select vibrate patterns for incoming
calls, messages, and schedule alarms.
Toselect vibratepatterns:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
).
DEF
4. Select VibratePattern (
).
5. Select VoiceCalls, ReadyLink, Voicemail, Messaging,
or Calendar/Alarm.The following items require an
additional step:
Ⅲ
VoiceCalls: select WithCallerID, NoCallerID, or
Roaming.
Ⅲ
ReadyLink: select ReadyLinkCalls or R-LinkMissed.
Ⅲ
Messaging: select Text, PictureMail, or VoiceSMS.
6. Using the navigation key, select a setting and press
.
56
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
Alert Notification
Your Sprint PCS Phone can alert you with an audible tone
when you change service areas, once a minute during a voice
call, or for incoming or missed Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.
Toset alerts:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
).
GHI
4. Select Alerts (
).
5. Select your desired option and press
.
Ⅲ
Service sets an alert to notify you of network services
parameter changes.
Ⅲ
ReadyLink sets an alert to notify you of Ready Link
calls. Select ReadyLinkCalls for incoming
Sprint PCS Ready Link calls, R-LinkMissed for missed
Sprint PCS Ready Link calls, or Headset Alert for
notifying you of taking the floor while using a
headset.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Voicemail sets an alert to notify you of voice
messages. Select RingerLength to set the ringer
length ofVoicemail notification.
Messaging sets an alert to notify you of Text,
PictureMail, and VoiceSMS. Select RingerLength to
set the ringer length of Messaging notification.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
MinuteBeep sets a minute reminder that beeps ten
seconds before the end of each minute during a call.
SignalFade sets an alert to notify you when your
phone loses a signal during a call.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
57
6. Use your navigation key to select a setting and press
.
Tip:Youcanselect Once orRepeat Alert ifyouselect ReadyLinkCalls,
R-LinkMissed,Voicemail, orMessaging. Repeat Alert soundsanalert every
twominutesfortwentyminutes.(ForReadyLinkCalls,it soundsfor20
secondscontinuously.)
SilenceAll
There may be times when you need to silence your phone
entirely.The phone’s Silence All option allows you to mute all
sounds without turning your phone off.
ToactivateSilenceAll:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sounds (
).
4. Select Ringer/KeyVol. (
).
5. Select RingerVolume.
6. Press the navigation key down until SilenceAll appears
on the display and press
.
Shortcut:Withtheflipopen, pressandholdtheSideVolumeKeydownto
activateSilenceAll.
Tip:WhenRingerVolumeisset asSilenceAll, otheritemsarechangedtoOff
andcannot behighlighted.
TodeactivateSilenceAll:
ᮣ
With the flip open, press the SideVolume key up
repeatedly to select a desired volume level.
58
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
DisplaySettings
ChangingtheText Greeting
The text greeting can be up to fifteen characters and is
displayed on your phone’s screen in standby mode. You may
choose to keep the phone’s default greeting (“Sprint”), or you
may enter your own custom greeting.
Todisplayorchangeyourcustomgreeting:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Display (
4. Select Greeting.
ABC
).
ABC
5. Select Custom (
).
Ⅲ
You can customize the greeting by entering a
personalized greeting. (See “EnteringText”on
page 42.)
6. Enteracustomgreetingusingyourkeypadandpress
.
Todisplaythedefault greeting(“Sprint”):
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Display (
4. Select Greeting.
5. Select Default(
ABC
).
).
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
59
ChangingtheBacklightTimeLength
The backlight setting lets you select how long the display
screen and keypad are backlit after any key press is made.
TochangetheMainLCDorSubLCDbacklight setting:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
ABC
3. Select Display (
).
4. Select Backlight.
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD.
6. Select AlwaysOn, AlwaysOff, or your defined time
length.
Note:TheAlwaysOnsettingreturnstothepreviousvaluethenext timeyou
turnonthephone.
TochangetheKeypadbacklight setting:
1. Select Key during step 5 above.
2. Select AlwaysOff or your defined time length.
Note:Longbacklight settingsaffect thebattery’stalkandstandbytimes.
60
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
ChangingtheDisplayScreenAnimation
Your new Sprint PCSVision Phone offers options for what you
seeonthedisplayscreenduringvariousphonefunctions.
Tochangetheanimationdisplay:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
ABC
3. Select Display (
).
4. Select Animation.
5. Select Standby, OutgoingCalls, or ServiceSearch.
6. Press , scroll to your desired option and press
.
Ⅲ
For standby, you can also set the animation starting
time. Select after, highlight your desired setting
time, and press
7. To set the display size, select VideoSize (if applicable).
8. Select Original or Enlarged and press
.
.
ChangingtheDisplayforIncomingCalls
You can set the color or downloaded image to be shown on
the Incoming Calls display.
Tochangetheincomingcallsdisplay:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
ABC
3. Select Display (
).
4. Select IncomingCalls.
5. Press , scroll to your desired option and press
.
6. Press OK (left softkey) twice to assign the desired color or
image.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
61
ChangingtheDisplayforAreaName
This feature enables you to show the area of the phone
number you are calling or are called from when the number is
not registered in your Contacts list. For example, a call to or
from 213-555-5555 will display “California.”
Toset yourareanamedisplay:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
ABC
3. Select Display (
).
4. Select MatchAreaCode.
5. Select On or Off.
Ⅲ
This feature is available only when the phone
number is 10 digits, or 11 digits beginning with
1 and matches an area code.
Ⅲ
The area name will not be displayed when the
number of an incoming call is saved in your Contacts
list.
62
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
ChangingtheLEDIndicatorColor
Tochangethephone’sLEDindicatorcolor:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Display (
4. Select LED.
ABC
).
5. Select DuringCall, IncomingCalls, Voicemail, Messaging,
or Calendar/Alarm.The following items require an extra
step:
Ⅲ
IncomingCalls: select WithCallerID, NoCallerID, or
Roaming.
Ⅲ
Messaging: select Text, PictureMail, or VoiceSMS.
6. Select your desired color pattern and press
.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
63
ChangingtheDisplayforStandbyMode
This feature enables you to select a variety of items to display
in standby mode.
Toset yourstandbydisplay:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
ABC
3. Select Display (
).
4. Select StandbyDisplay.
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD.
6. Select Others.
7. Select your desired item and press
.
Ⅲ
Calendar displays the calendar. (Main LCD only.)
DigitalClock displays the local time in digital view.
AnalogClock displays the local time in analog view.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
WorldClock displays the time of the selected city or
country along with the local time.
Ⅲ
Defaultreturns the standby display to its default
setting.
8. Press
to save the setting to follow each system
prompt or when confirming the preview display.
Tip:Inanareawithout service, thesignalsearchdisplayappearsinsteadof
thedisplayforstandbymode.
64
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
ChangingtheScreenSaver
Your new Sprint PCS Phone offers you the option of displaying
a screen saver while in standby mode.
Tochangethescreensaver:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
ABC
3. Select Display (
).
4. Select StandbyDisplay.
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD.
6. Select ScreenSaver.
7. Press , scroll to your desired option, and press
.
8. Press OK (left softkey) twice to assign the screen saver.
ChangingthePhone’sMenuStyle
Your Sprint PCS Phone allows you to choose how the main
menu appears on your display screen.
Tochangethemainmenustyle:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
ABC
3. Select Display (
).
4. Select MainMenu.
5. Select either Graphic or Text.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
65
ChangingtheDisplayforMyBuddy
This feature enables you to see a funny animation on the Main
LCD by opening the flip.
ToactivateordeactivateMyBuddy:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
ABC
3. Select Display (
).
4. Select MyBuddy.
5. Select On or Off.
ChangingtheBackground
You can customize your phone display’s appearance by
selecting a color scheme to reflect your personality.
Tochangethedisplay’sbackground:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
ABC
3. Select Display (
).
4. Select Background.
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD.
6. Select your desired color.
66
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
ChangingtheFont Size
You can change the font size settings for the message and
browser.
Tochangethefont size:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Display (
4. Select Font Size.
ABC
).
5. Select either Messaging or Browser.
6. Select your desired font size.
Tip:Fromthefont exampledisplay, select yourdesiredfont sizebypressing
thenavigationkeyright orleft.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
67
SettingReturntoStandbyMode
This feature allows you to select the way to return to standby
mode.
Toset thisfeature:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
ABC
3. Select Display (
).
4. Select ReturntoIdle.
5. A message appears. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.
6. Select Automatically or EndKey.
Ⅲ
Automatically to return to standby mode
automatically in 30 seconds.
Ⅲ
EndKey to return to standby mode by pressing
.
Note:EndKey settingaffectsthebattery’stalkandstandbytimes.
SleepMode
This feature helps conserve your battery power by restricting
the display.
Toset sleepmode:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
ABC
3. Select Display (
).
4. Select SleepMode.
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD.
6. Select your desired option. (Select Offto deactivate this
feature.)
68
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
LocationSettings
Your Sprint PCS Phone is equipped with a Location feature for
use in connection with location-based services that may be
available in the future.
The Location feature allows the network to detect your
position.Turning Location off will hide your location from
everyone except 911.
Note:EveniftheLocationfeatureisenabled, noservicemayuseyour
locationwithout yourexpresspermission, unlesstheservicecalledcannot
identifythecaller.
Toturnyourphone’sLocationfeatureonoroff:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
JKL
3. Select Location (
). (The Location disclaimer
displays.)
4. Read the disclaimer and press OK (left softkey).
5. Select On or Off.
When the Location feature is on, your phone’s standby screen
will display the icon. When Location is turned off, the
icon will display.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
69
MessagingSettings
Staying connected to your friends and family has never been
easier. With your phone’s advanced messaging capabilities,
you can send and receive many different kinds of text
messages andVoice SMS messages without placing a voice
call. (For more information, see “UsingText SMS Messaging”
on page 278, “UsingVoice SMS Messaging”on page 282, and
“Accessing Messaging”on page 297.)
Your phone’s messaging settings make using messaging even
faster and easier by letting you decide how you would like to
be notified of new messages, create a signature with each
sent message, and create your own preset (canned) messages,
to name just a few.
DisplayingPop-upMessages
When you receive a text orVoice SMS message, your phone
notifies you by displaying an icon on your display screen. You
can also choose to be notified with a larger pop-up message
on your display screen.
Todisplaypop-upmessages:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
PQRS
3. Select Messaging(
).
).
5. Select MsgsandIcon or IconOnly.
4. Select Notification(
70
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
ManagingPreset Messages
Your phone is pre-set with twenty canned messages each in
English and Spanish to help make sending text messages
faster and easier.These messages, such as “Where are you?,”
“Let’s get lunch.,”and “Meet me at,”can be customized or
deleted to suit your needs. You can even add your own preset
messages to the list.
Toedit apreset message:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
PQRS
3. Select Messaging(
).
). (The list of preset messages
ABC
4. Select Preset Msgs(
displays.)
5. Select the message you want to edit.
6. Use your keypad to edit the message and press OK (left
softkey) to save your changes. (“Preset Message Saved”
will display.)
Ⅲ
To reset all messages, press Options (right softkey)
and select Reset AllMsgs during step 5 above.
Tochangethelanguageofthepreset messages:
1. Follow steps 1-4 above.
2. Press Options (right softkey) and select Select Language.
3. Select English or Spanish.
Note:Forinformationoneditingtext, see“EnteringText”onpage42.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
71
SettingaCallbackNumber
With this feature, you can notify your recipients of your
callback number with the text message.
Toset thecallbacknumber:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
PQRS
3. Select Messaging (
).
DEF
4. Select Text (
).
5. Select SendCallback# (
).
6. Press , select an option from the following.
Ⅲ
None to send no callback number.
Ⅲ
MyPhone# to send your phone number.
Ⅲ
Other to send a specific callback number.To set a
number, enter a phone number and press
.
7. Press Done (left softkey).
AddingaCustomizedSignature
Each message you send can have a customized signature to
reflect your personality.
Toaddacustomizedsignaturetoeachsent message:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
PQRS
3. Select Messaging(
).
DEF
4. Select Text (
).
ABC
5. Select Signature(
).
72
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
6. Press
and select On.
7. Select Text.
8. Enter your signature and press OK (left softkey).
9. Press Save (left softkey) to save your signature.
Note:You can insert your signature even when your signature setting is
off. PressMode (right softkey)andselect Signature whilecomposingyour
message.
SettingDraftsAlert
With this feature, you are notified to edit your draft messages
when you have messages in the drafts folder and make a
message.
Toset DraftsAlert:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
PQRS
3. Select Messaging (
).
DEF
4. Select Text (
).
DEF
5. Select DraftsAlert (
).
6. Select On.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
73
SettingtheSpeakerphoneforVoiceSMS
Messaging
You can set the speakerphone on or off forVoice SMS
messaging. By default, the speakerphone is set to on.
Toset thespeakerphoneonoroff:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Messaging (
4. Select VoiceSMS(
PQRS
GHI
).
).
5. Select Speakerphone (
).
6. Select On or Off.
SettingtheSender’sNameforVoiceSMS
Messaging
With this feature, you can identify yourself to people who
receive yourVoice SMS message.
Toset thesender’sname:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Messaging (
4. Select VoiceSMS(
PQRS
GHI
).
).
ABC
5. Select FromName (
).
6. Enter your name and press OK (left softkey).
74
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
SettinganAlert NotificationforVoiceSMS
Messaging
Voice SMS Messaging uses your phone’s data services.
You can set your phone to play an audible alert to let you know
you are connecting to data services each time you access a
Voice SMS message.
Toset alertsforVoiceSMSmessaging:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Messaging (
4. Select VoiceSMS(
PQRS
GHI
).
).
DEF
5. Select ConnectionAlert (
).
6. Press Mark (right softkey) to warn you each time when
you connect voice messages.
7. Press Done (left softkey) to save the setting.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
75
AirplaneMode
Airplane Mode allows you to use many of your phone’s
features, such as Games,Voice Recorder, etc., when you are in
an airplane or in any other area where making or receiving
calls or data is prohibited. When your phone is in Airplane
Mode, it cannot send or receive any calls or access online
information.
Toset yourphonetoAirplaneMode:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
).
4. Select AirplaneMode. (The Airplane Mode disclaimer
displays.)
5. Read the disclaimer and press OK (left softkey).
6. Select On.
While in Airplane Mode, your phone’s standby screen will
display “Phone Off.”
76
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
TTYUseWithSprint PCSService
ATTY(alsoknownasaTDDorTextTelephone)isa
telecommunicationsdevice that allows people who are
deaf, hard of hearing, or who have speech or language
disabilities, to communicate by telephone.
Your phone is compatible with select TTY devices. Please check
with the manufacturer of yourTTY device to ensure that it
supports digital wireless transmission. Your phone andTTY
device will connect via a special cable that plugs into your
phone’s headset jack. If this cable was not provided with your
TTY device, contact yourTTY device manufacturer to purchase
the connector cable.
When establishing your Sprint PCS Service, please call Sprint
Customer Service via the stateTelecommunications Relay
PQRS
Service (TRS) by first dialing
.Then
provide the stateTRS with this number: 866-727-4889.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
77
ToturnTTY Modeonoroff:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
).
4. Select TTY. (You will see a message on the display.)
5. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.
6. Select Enable or Disable.
Note:InTTYMode, yourphonewilldisplaythe icon.
Note:IfTTYmodeisenabled, theaudioqualityofnon-TTYdevices
connectedtotheheadset jackmaybeimpaired.
IMPORTANT NOTICE:911EmergencyCalling
Sprint recommendsthatTTYusersmakeemergencycallsbyothermeans,
includingTelecommunicationsRelayServices(TRS), andlandline
communications.WirelessTTYcallsto911maybecorruptedwhenreceived
bypublicsafetyansweringpoints(PSAPs)renderingsomecommunications
unintelligible.TheproblemencounteredappearsrelatedtoTTYequipment
orsoftwareusedbyPSAPs.Thismatterhasbeenbrought totheattentionof
theFCC,andthewirelessindustryandPSAPcommunityarecurrently
workingtoresolvethis.
78
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
PhoneSetupOptions
MyFavorites
Your phone offers you the option of assigning a shortcut key
to a favorite or often-used function. Pressing the navigation
key to the left in standby mode will launch your personally
designated shortcut.
Toassignyourshortcut key:
1. Press Favorites (left softkey).
2. Select <AddFavorite>.
3. Select your desired menu and press Set (right softkey).
Toedit theshortcut name:
1. Press Favorites (left softkey).
2. Select your desired shortcut and press Options (right
softkey).
3. Highlight Edit Name and press
.
4. Edit the name and press OK (left softkey).
5. Press Save (left softkey) to save the name.
Toerasetheshortcut:
1. Press Favorites (left softkey).
2. Select your desired shortcut and press Options (right
softkey).
3. Highlight Reset and press
.
4. Select Yes.
Ⅲ
To erase all shortcuts, select Reset All during step 3
above.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
79
AutoAnswerMode
You may set your phone to automatically pick up incoming
calls in speakerphone mode or when connected to an optional
hands-free car kit and headset.
Toset AutoAnswermode:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
).
4. Select AutoAnswer.
5. Select CarKit/Headset or Speakerphone.
6. Select 5Seconds, 15Seconds, or Off.
DisplayLanguage
You can choose to display your Sprint PCS Phone’s onscreen
menus in English or in Spanish.
Toassignalanguageforthephone’sdisplay:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
).
4. Select Language.
5. Select English or Español.
80
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
SettingtheOpen/CloseFlipOption
This feature enables you to answer an incoming call by
opening the flip or to end a call by closing the flip.
ToactivatetheOpenFlipfeature:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
).
4. Select Open/CloseFlip.
5. Select Open.
6. Select AnswerCall.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select NoAction during
step 6 above.
ToactivatetheCloseFlipfeature:
1. From step 5 above, select Close. (You will see a message
on the display.)
2. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.
3. Select an option from the following.
Ⅲ
End to end the call.
Ⅲ
Continue(Mute) to continue the call. Your voice is
muted, however you can hear the caller’s voice from
the speaker.
Ⅲ
Continue(Unmute) to continue the call.You can hear
the caller’s voice and speak to the phone to answer.
Note:TheCloseFlipfeaturedoesnot applyduringReadyLinkcallsorwhen
youareusingthespeakerphone, aheadset, oracarkit.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
81
SettingAnyKeyAnswer
This feature allows you to answer incoming calls by pressing
any key (except
,
, softkeys, and sidekeys).
ToturnAnyKeyAnsweronoroff:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
).
4. Select AnyKeyAnswer.
5. Select On or Off.
SettingtheSideKeyGuard
This feature enables you to lock your side keys while the flip is
closed.
ToturnSideKeyGuardonoroff:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
).
4. Select SideKeyGuard.
5. Select On or Off.
Note:Thisfeaturedoesnot applywhentheflipisopen.
Tip:Youcandeactivatethisfeaturetemporarilytousesidekeysbypressing
andholding
whiletheflipisclosed.
82
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
SettingText EntryOptions
Toset yourtext entryoptions:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
).
4. Select Text Entry.
5. Select your desired option and press
.
Ⅲ
Auto-Capital to set the auto-capital on or off.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
MyWords to set your original words (see page 44).
Input Language to select the language (English or
Spanish).
Ⅲ
Auto-Space to set the auto-space on or off after
T9 words you enter.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
T9SettingstocustomizetheT9settings(seepage45).
AddWord to store words that you use frequently (see
page 44).
Ⅲ
Help to see theT9 instruction page.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
83
SettingAbbreviatedDialing
Abbreviated Dialing is another form of speed dialing. It allows
you to dial a number by entering 3-6 digits of any number in
your Contacts Directory. If the digits you enter do not match
any stored Contacts entry, your phone will automatically
prepend the digits you specify.
Toactivatethisfeature:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
).
4. Select Abbrev. Dial.
5. Select Ph. BookMatch.
6. Select Enable.
Toset yourprependnumber:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
4. Select Abbrev. Dial.
5. Select Prepend.
6. Select Enable.
).
7. Select Prepend#.
8. Enter a five- or six-digit number (for example, an area
code and prefix) and press OK (left softkey).
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, highlight Disable during
step 6 above.
84
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
Tip:Todialtheprependnumber, see“UsingAbbreviatedDialing”on
page41.
Note:Thissettingdoesnot applyto911orDirectoryAssistance.
Headset Mode
This feature allows you hands-free phone use. Set the headset
mode toVoice Call or Ready Link and press theTurbo Button
(the operation button) on the headset to activate useful
functions.
Toconnect theheadset:
ᮣ
Simply plug the headset into your phone’s headset jack.
Toset headset mode:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
).
4. Select Headset Mode.
5. Select TurboButton.
6. Select an option from the following.
Ⅲ
VoiceCalls: Press theTurbo Button to activate ASR
(Automatic Speech Recognition). Press twice to
redial the last call. Press and hold the button to
activate theVoice Recorder.
Ⅲ
ReadyLink: Press theTurbo Button to make a
Sprint PCS Ready Link call by using ASR (Automatic
Speech Recognition). Press twice to redial the last
Sprint PCS Ready Link call.
Ⅲ
Off:Turns this feature off.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
85
Toset thesoundmode:
1. From step 5 on page 85, select Earpiece.
2. Select Stereo or Mono.
Toset theringersound:
1. From step 5 on page 85, select RingerSound.
2. Select Normal or Headset Only.
Note:Pleasemakesuretoinsert theheadset plugintotheheadset jackas
farasit goes. Improperconnectionoftheheadset plugcancauseabnormal
sounds.
Note:Ahighvolumesettingmaycausetheaudiotodeteriorateor“crack.”
SettingPowerOntoAlert
Power On to Alert helps prevent unintentional or accidental
power-on of your phone’s alarm settings while your phone is
turned off (default setting is off).This feature applies only to
Event Alerts, Call Alarm, and Alarm Clock.
ToturnPowerOntoAlert onoroff:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
WXYZ
3. Select Others (
).
4. Select PowerOntoAlert.
5. Select On or Off.
Ⅲ
On activates alarm in Airplane Mode even if the
phone is turned off.
Ⅲ
Offdeactivates all alarm settings while the phone is
turned off.
86
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings
Section 2C
Setting Your Phone’s Security
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ AccessingtheSecurityMenu
UsingYourPhone’sLockFeature
RestrictingCalls
UsingSpecialNumbers
ErasingPhoneContent
ResettingYourPicturesAccount
ResettingYourPhone
ResettingandLockingYourPhoneThroughSMS
SM
SecurityFeaturesforSprint PCSVision
ByusingthesecuritysettingsonyourSprint PCSPhone, you
receivepeaceofmindwithout sacrificingflexibility.This
section will familiarize you with your phone’s security
settings. With several options available, you can customize
your phone to meet your personal needs.
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security
87
AccessingtheSecurityMenu
All of your phone’s security settings are available through the
Security menu. You must enter your lock code to view the
Security menu.
ToaccesstheSecuritymenu:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
TUV
3. Select Security (
).
4. Enter your lock code to display the Security menu.
Tip:Ifyoucan’t recallyourlockcode, tryusingthelast fourdigitsof
eitheryourSocialSecuritynumberorSprint PCSPhonenumberortry0000
orNATL(6285). Ifnoneofthesework, callSprint CustomerServiceat:
1-888-211-4PCS(4727).
UsingYourPhone’sLockFeature
LockingYourPhone
When your phone is locked, you can only receive incoming
calls or make calls to 911, Sprint Customer Service, or special
numbers. (See “Using Special Numbers”on page 92.)
Tolockyourphone:
1. From the Security menu, select LockPhone (
).
ABC
2. Select LockNow (
). (To set your phone to lock the
DEF
next time it is turned on, select OnPower-up [
]).
3. Highlight FullLock or Excep. IncomingCalls and
press
.
88
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security
UnlockingYourPhone
Tounlockyourphone:
1. From standby mode, press Unlock (left softkey).
2. Enter your lock code.
LockingthePictureandVideoMenu
With this feature, you must enter your lock code when you
access the Picture andVideo menu.
TolockthePictureandVideomenu:
ABC
1. From the Security Menu, select LockPictures (
).
2. Select LockNow. (Select Unlocked to deactivate this
feature.)
LockServices
With this feature, you can choose to restrict access to
Sprint PCSVision services, incoming and outgoing voice calls,
and Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.
Toactivatelockservices:
TUV
1. From the Security Menu, select Others (
).
JKL
2. Select LockServices (
).
3. Select VoiceCalls, PowerVision, or ReadyLink.
4. Select Locked. (Select Unlocked to deactivate this
feature.)
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security
89
ChangingtheLockCode
Tochangeyourlockcode:
TUV
1. From the Security Menu, select Others (
).
2. Select ChangeLock (
).
3. Enter a new lock code (“1234”for example).
4. Reenter the new code.
CallinginLockMode
You can place calls to 911, Sprint Customer Service, and to
your special numbers when in lock mode. (For information on
special numbers, see “Using Special Numbers”on page 92.)
Toplaceanoutgoingcallinlockmode:
ᮣ
To call an Emergency number, special number, or
Sprint Customer Service, enter the phone number
and press
.
Note:Youcannot placecallstoSprint CustomerServiceandtoyourspecial
numbersinthevoicecalllockedstate. See“LockServices”onpage89for
details.
90
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security
RestrictingCalls
There may be occasions when you want to limit the numbers
your phone can call or from which it can receive calls. You can
use the Restrict Calls setting to do just that. (The Restrict Calls
setting does not apply to 911 or Sprint Customer Service.)
Torestrict calls:
TUV
1. From the Security Menu, select Others (
).
ABC
2. Select Limit Use (
).
3. Select OutgoingCalls or IncomingCalls.
4. Select your desired option and press
.
Ⅲ
AllowAll lets you make or receive all calls.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
PhoneBookOnly lets you make or receive calls to or
from Contacts entries, voicemail, or special numbers
only.
Special#sOnly lets you make or receive calls to or
from three special numbers only. (See “Using Special
Numbers”on page 92.)
Note:Restrictedincomingcallsareforwardedtovoicemail.
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security
91
UsingSpecialNumbers
Special numbers are important numbers that you have
designated as being “always available.”You can receive calls
from special numbers even if your phone is locked.
You can save three special numbers in addition to your
Contacts entries (the same number may be in both
directories).
Toaddorreplaceaspecialnumber:
TUV
1. From the Security Menu, select Others (
).
DEF
2. Select Special#s (
).
3. Select an entry number.
4. Enter your desired phone number and press
.
– or –
Press Options (right softkey), highlight FromPh. Book or
Voicemail, and press
.
Note:Specialnumberscannot becalledinthevoicecalllockedstate.
92
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security
ErasingPhoneContent
The security menu lets you quickly and easily erase various
categories of data from your phone’s memory.
ErasingtheContactsDirectory
ToeraseallthenamesandphonenumbersinyourContacts
Directory:
DEF
1. From the Security Menu, select ErasePh. Book (
).
2. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.
3. If you are certain you would like to erase all of your
Contacts entries, select Yes.
ErasingAllVoiceTags
Toeraseallvoicetagsyouhaverecorded:
GHI
1. From the Security Menu, select EraseVoiceTag (
).
2. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.
3. If you’re sure you want to erase the voice tags,
select Yes.
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security
93
ErasingAllDownloads
You can use your phone’s security menu to erase all items you
have downloaded to your phone.
Toerasealldownloads:
JKL
1. From the Security Menu, select EraseMyContent (
).
2. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.
3. If you are certain that you would like to erase all items
downloaded to your phone, select Yes.
Ⅲ
If you have assigned downloaded data, the function
returns to its default setting.
Note:Theitemswiththe iconwillnot bedeleted.
94
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security
ResettingYourPicturesAccount
This option resets your authentication ID for your
Sprint PCS Picture Mail account.
Toreset yourpicturesaccount:
MNO
1. From the Security Menu, select Reset PictureMail (
2. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.
).
3. If you are certain that you would like to reset your
pictures account, select Yes.
ResettingYourPhone
Resetting the phone restores all the factory defaults, including
the ringer types and display settings.The Contacts, Call History,
Calendar, and Messaging are not affected.
Toreset yourphone:
PQRS
1. From the Security Menu, select Reset Phone (
).
2. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.
3. If you are certain that you would like to restore all of the
factory settings, select Yes.
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security
95
ResettingandLockingYourPhone
ThroughSMS
When your phone is lost or stolen, you can erase your
important personal information (such as Contacts entries, call
history, and messages) and lock your phone by sending a
special formatted SMS message to your phone.
message to your phone (input your 10-digit Sprint PCS Phone
Number) in the following format:
\ \ RESET **<Passcode>** RESET
<Passcode> – your defined passcode.
The default passcode is your phone’s 11-digit
ESN (Electronic Serial Number), which is written
on the package or on the phone itself.
The locked phone will display the following message:
“Iffound, pleasecallSprint CustomerService1-888-211-4727.”
Note:Tosendamessagefrommailersoftware, input your10-digit
Sprint PCSPhoneNumberfollowedby“@messaging.sprint.com.”
96
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security
Toactivatethisfeature,thefollowingpresettingisrequired:
1. Press to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
TUV
3. Select Security (
).
4. Enter your lock code.
TUV
5. Select Others (
6. Select FoundMe (
7. Select Reset/Lock (
8. Select Enable.
).
GHI
).
).
To unlock a phone that has been locked through SMS, bring
the phone to a Sprint Store.
ChangingthePasscode
TochangethepasscodeforthespecialformattedSMSmessages:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
TUV
3. Select Security (
).
4. Enter your lock code.
TUV
5. Select Others (
).
GHI
6. Select FoundMe (
).
ABC
7. Select ChangePasscode (
).
8. Enter a new passcode (11 digits).
9. Reenter the new passcode.
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security
97
SM
SecurityFeaturesforSprint PCSVision
EnablingandDisablingSprint PCSVisionServices
You can disable Sprint PCSVision services without turning off
your phone; however, you will not have access to all Sprint PCS
Vision services, includingWeb and Sprint PCS Mail. Disabling
Sprint PCSVision will avoid any charges associated with Sprint
PCSVision services. While signed out, you can still place or
receive phone calls, check voicemail, and use other voice
services. You may enable Sprint PCSVision services again at
any time.
TodisableSprint PCSVisionservices:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
DEF
3. Select PowerVision (
4. Select DisableVision (
).
). (A message will appear.)
5. Press Disable (right softkey) to confirm that you want to
sign out.
ToenableSprint PCSVisionservices:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
DEF
3. Select PowerVision (
4. Select EnableVision (
).
). (A message will appear.)
5. Press OK (left softkey) to enableVision service.
98
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security
Section 2D
Controlling Your Roaming Experience
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ UnderstandingRoaming
SettingYourPhone’sRoamMode
UsingCallGuard
Roamingistheabilitytomakeorreceivecallswhenyou’reoff
thenationwideSprint PCSnetwork.Your new Sprint Power
Vision Multimedia Phone MM-9000 by Sanyo works
anywhere on the nationwide Sprint PCS network and
allows you to roam on 1900 and 800 MHz digital networks
where we’ve implemented roaming agreements with other
carriers.
This section explains how roaming works as well as special
features that let you manage your roaming experience.
Section 2D: ControllingYour Roaming Experience
99
UnderstandingRoaming
RecognizingtheRoamingIconontheDisplayScreen
Your phone’s display screen always lets you know when you’re
off the nationwide Sprint PCS network. Any time you are
roaming, the phone displays the roaming icon ( ).
Tip:Remember, whenyouareusingyourphoneoffthenationwide
Sprint PCSnetwork, always dial numbers using 11 digits (1 + area code +
number).
Note:UnlessyourSprint PCSServicePlanincludesroaming, youwillpaya
higherper-minuterateforroamingcallsanddataservices.
RoamingonOtherDigitalNetworks
When you’re roaming on digital networks, your call quality
and security will be similar to the quality you receive when
making calls on the nationwide Sprint PCS network. However,
you may not be able to access certain features, such as
Sprint PCSVision.
Note:Ifyou’reonacallordataservicewhenyouleavethenationwide
Sprint PCSnetworkandenteranareawhereroamingisavailable, yourcallis
droppedoryourdataisclickedoff. Ifthedataserviceisclickedoffina
roamingarea, accesstheserviceagaintoreconnect. Ifyourcallisdroppedin
anareawhereyouthinkSprint PCSServiceisavailable, turnyourphoneoff
andonagaintoreconnect tothenationwideSprint PCSnetwork.
100
Section 2D: ControllingYour Roaming Experience
CheckingforVoicemailMessagesWhileRoaming
When you are roaming off the nationwide Sprint PCS
network, you may not receive on-phone notification of new
voicemail messages. Callers can still leave messages, but you
will need to periodically check your voicemail for new
messages if you are in a roaming service area for an extended
period of time.
Tocheckyourvoicemailwhileroaming:
1. Dial 1+area code+your Sprint PCS Phone number.
Shift
2. When you hear your voicemail greeting, press
.
3. Enter your pass code at the prompt and follow the voice
prompts.
When you return to the nationwide Sprint PCS network,
voicemail notification will resume as normal.
Section 2D: ControllingYour Roaming Experience
101
SettingYourPhone’sRoamMode
Your Sprint PCS Phone allows you to control your roaming
capabilities. By using the Roaming menu option, you can
determine which signals your phone accepts.
Set Mode
Choose from three different settings on your multimedia
phone to control your roaming experience.
Toset yourphone’sroammode:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Roaming (
4. Select Set Mode.
MNO
).
5. Select an option from the following.
Ⅲ
Sprint Only allows you to access the nationwide
Sprint PCS network only and prevents roaming on
other networks.
Ⅲ
Automatic seeks Sprint PCS Service. When Sprint PCS
Service is unavailable, the phone searches for an
alternate system.
Ⅲ
RoamingOnly forces the phone to seek a digital
roaming system.The previous setting (Sprint Only or
Automatic) is restored the next time the phone is
turned on.
102
Section 2D: ControllingYour Roaming Experience
UsingCallGuard
Your phone has two ways of alerting you when you are
roaming off the nationwide Sprint PCS network: the onscreen
roaming icon and Call Guard. Call Guard makes it easy to
manage your roaming charges by requiring an extra step
before you can place or answer a roaming call and access to
the data service. (This additional step is not required while on
the nationwide Sprint PCS network.)
ToturnCallGuardonoroff:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Roaming (
4. Select CallGuard.
5. Select On or Off.
MNO
).
ToplaceroamingcallswithCallGuardon:
1. From standby mode, dial 1 + area code + the seven-digit
number. (You can also initiate a call from the Contacts
directory, Call History, or Messaging.)
2. Press
or
(or press Options [right softkey] and
highlight Call or Call:SpeakerOn).
3. Press to proceed while the pop-up message is
displayed.
– or –
Press any key to erase the pop-up message, press
Options (right softkey), highlight RoamCall, or
Roam:SpeakerOn, and press
.
Section 2D: ControllingYour Roaming Experience
103
ToanswerincomingroamingcallswithCallGuardon:
ᮣ
Press Options (right softkey), highlight Answer or
Answer:Speaker, and press
.
– or –
1. Press
or
.
2. Press
to proceed while the pop-up message is
displayed.
Reminder:IftheCallGuardfeatureisset to On, youneedtotakeextrasteps
tomakeandreceiveroamingcalls.
104
Section 2D: ControllingYour Roaming Experience
Section 2E
Navigating Through Menus
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ MenuNavigation
MenuStructure
ViewingtheMenus
EveryfunctionandfeatureofyourSprint PCSPhone canbe
accessedthroughanonscreenmenu.This section is a road
map to using your MM-9000 by Sanyo. Please take a few
moments to learn your way around and you’ll find your
phone easier to use.
Section 2E: NavigatingThrough Menus
105
MenuNavigation
The navigation key on your Sprint PCS Phone allows you to
scroll through menus quickly and easily.The scroll bar at the
right of the menu keeps track of your position in the menu at
all times.
To navigate through a menu, simply press the navigation key
up or down.
MenuStructure
SelectingMenuItems
As you navigate through the menu, menu options are
highlighted. Select any numbered option by simply pressing
the corresponding number on the phone’s keypad. You may
also select any item by highlighting it and pressing
.
Forexample, ifyouwant toviewyourlast incomingcall:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select CallHistory.
ABC
3. Select Incoming by pressing
or by highlighting it
and pressing . (If you have received any calls, they are
displayed on the screen.)
Tip:Youcanalsoselect menuoptionsbyusingyournumberkeysduring
step2above.Thecorrespondingkeychangesdependingonthemainmenu
style.WhenthestyleisText, pressthenumbernext tothemenu.Whenthe
styleisGraphic, theicon’spositioncorrespondsnumberkey’sposition. (For
ABC
example, press
menustyle.
toselect CallHistory). Seepage65forsettingthemain
106
Section 2E: NavigatingThrough Menus
BackingUpWithinaMenu
Togotothepreviousmenu:
ᮣ
Press
.
Toreturntostandbymode:
ᮣ
Press
.
Shortcuts
Use your navigation key to quickly access your phone’s menus.
ⅷ
Right to take a shortcut to the Contacts menu.
ⅷ
Left to take a shortcut to the Settings menu.
ⅷ
Up to take a shortcut to the Messaging menu.
ⅷ
Down to take a shortcut to the MyContent menu.
Section 2E: NavigatingThrough Menus
107
ViewingtheMenus
MenuDiagram
The following list outlines your phone’s menu structure.
1. Missed Alerts
2. Call History
1. Outgoing
2. Incoming
3. Missed
4. Recent Calls
5. Erase History
3. Contacts
1. Find/Add Entry
2. Speed Dial #s
3. My Phone#
4. Services
4. Messaging
1. Send Message
2. Text
3. Picture Mail
4. Premium Msgs
5. Voice SMS
6. IM & Email
7. Chat & Dating
8. Voicemail
5. On Demand
6. Pictures
1. Camera
2. Camcorder
3. Picture Mail
4. My Albums
5. Order Prints
6. Settings & Info
7. URL Link 1-5 (If applicable)
108
Section 2E: NavigatingThrough Menus
7. My Content
1. Games
2. Ringers
3. Screen Savers
4. Applications
5. IM & Email
6. Call Tones
7. Dynamic 1-11 (If applicable)
8. Others (If applicable)
8. Music
9. Media Player
0. Web
*. Tools
1. Voice Services
1. Voice Recorder
2. Screen Call
2. Calendar
3. Alarm Clock
4. Countdown
5. Stop Watch
6. World Clock
7. Calculator
8. Update Phone
9. USB Connection
0. miniSD
*. Assign. Media
#. PC Sync
1. Ringers
2. Images
3. Erase Data
Section 2E: NavigatingThrough Menus
109
#. Settings
1. Sounds
1. Ringer/Key Vol.
2. Ringer Type
3. Vibrate Pattern
4. Alerts
5. Receiver Vol.
6. Application Vol.
7. Others
2. Display
1. Backlight
2. Greeting
3. Font Size
4. Background
5. Animation
6. Incoming Calls
7. Match Area Code
8. Standby Display
9. Main Menu
10.My Buddy
11.Return to Idle
12.Sleep Mode
13.LED
3. Power Vision
1. Enable (or Disable) Vision
2. Net Guard
3. Update Profile
4. Ready Link
1. Enable/Disable
2. List Update
3. Sounds
4. Speakerphone
5. Default View
6. Floor Display
7. R-Link Guard
8. Restart
9. Help
110
Section 2E: NavigatingThrough Menus
5. Location
6. Roaming
1. Set Mode
2. Call Guard
7. Messaging
1. Notification
2. Preset Msgs
3. Text
4. Voice SMS
8. Security
1. Lock Phone
2. Lock Pictures
3. Erase Ph. Book
4. Erase Voice Tag
5. Erase My Content
6. Reset Picture Mail
7. Reset Phone
8. Others
9. Others
1. Airplane Mode
2. Text Entry
3. Any Key Answer
4. Auto Answer
5. Open/Close Flip
6. Abbrev. Dial
7. Power On to Alert
8. Headset Mode
9. TTY
10.Side Key Guard
11.Language
0. Phone Info
1. Phone#/User ID
2. Help
3. Version
4. Advanced
Section 2E: NavigatingThrough Menus
111
112
Section 2F
Managing Call History
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ViewingHistory
CallHistoryOptions
MakingaCallFromCallHistory
SavingaPhoneNumberFromCallHistory
PrependingaPhoneNumberFromCallHistory
ErasingCallHistory
TheCallHistorykeepstrackofincomingcalls, callsmadefrom
yourSprint PCSPhone, andmissedcalls.This section guides
you through accessing and making the most of your Call
History.
Section 2F: Managing Call History
113
ViewingHistory
You’ll find the Call History feature very helpful. It is a list of the
last 20 voice calls and Ready Link calls for calls you placed,
accepted, or missed. Call History makes redialing a number
fast and easy. It is continually updated as new numbers are
added to the beginning of the list and the oldest entries are
removed from the bottom of the list.
Each entry contains the phone number (if it is available) and
Contact’s name (if the phone number is in your Contacts list).
Duplicate calls (same number and type of call) may only
appear once on the list (except missed and recent calls).
ToviewaCallHistoryentry:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select CallHistory.
ABC
DEF
3. Select Outgoing (
), Incoming (
), Missed (
),
GHI
or Recent Calls (
).
4. Select the entry you wish to view.
Tip:YoucanswitchthevoicecallhistorytotheSprint PCSReadyLinkcall
historybypressing R-Link (left softkey).Toreturntothevoicecallhistory,
pressVoiceCall (left softkey).Thisoptionisnot availablewhenSprint PCS
ReadyLinkmodeisset toDisable (seepage230), orSprint PCSReadyLinkis
locked(seepage89).
Tip:Theiconsnext tothenameintheRecent Callslist represent thestatus
ofthecallhistory;
forOutgoingcall,
forIncomingcall, and
for
Missedcall.
114
Section 2F: Managing Call History
CallHistoryOptions
For additional information and options on a particular call,
highlight a Call History entry and press .This feature
displays the date and time of the call, the phone number (if
available), and the caller’s name (if the number is already in
your Contacts list). By pressing Options (right softkey), you can
select from the following options:
ⅷ
Call to dial the phone number.
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone
mode.
ⅷ
SendMessage to send aText SMS message (page 278),
aVoice SMS message (page 282), or a Picture Mail
(page 222).
ⅷ
SavePhone# to save the phone number (if applicable).
Ⅲ
GotoPhoneBook appears when the number is
already in your Contacts list. (See “Saving a Phone
Number From Call History”on page 117.)
ⅷ
Prepend to add numbers to the beginning of the phone
number. (See “Prepending a Phone Number From Call
History”on page 118.)
ⅷ
CopytoPersonal to copy the phone number to the
Ready Link Personal List (if applicable).
ⅷ
Erase to erase the entry.
Section 2F: Managing Call History
115
MakingaCallFromCallHistory
ToplaceacallfromCallHistory:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select CallHistory.
ABC
DEF
3. Select Outgoing (
), Incoming (
), Missed (
),
GHI
or Recent Calls (
).
4. Scroll to the entry you want to call.
5. Press
or
.
– or –
Press Options (right softkey), highlight Call or
Call:SpeakerOn, and press
.
Note:Youcannot makecallsfromCallHistorytoentriesidentifiedas NoID
orRestricted.
116
Section 2F: Managing Call History
SavingaPhoneNumberFromCallHistory
Your Sprint PCSVision Phone can store up to 500 phone
numbers in up to 300 Contacts entries (an entry may contain
up to seven numbers). Each entry’s name can contain sixteen
characters.
TosaveaphonenumberfromCallHistory:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select CallHistory.
ABC
DEF
3. Select Outgoing (
), Incoming (
), Missed (
),
GHI
or Recent Calls (
).
4. Scroll to a call history entry and press Options (right
softkey).
5. Highlight SavePhone# and press
.
6. Select the appropriate label.
7. Enter a name and press
.
Once you have stored an entry in the Contacts list,
you are prompted to select the following entry mode:
Ⅲ
NewName to enter a name directly.
Ⅲ
FromPh. Book to select a name from the Contacts
list.
8. Press Save (left softkey).
Note:Youcannot savephonenumbersalreadyinyourContactslist orfrom
callsidentifiedasNoID orRestricted. Iftheselectedentryhasalreadybeen
storedintheContactslist, GotoPhoneBook appearsduringstep5above.
Section 2F: Managing Call History
117
PrependingaPhoneNumberFrom
CallHistory
If you need to place a call from Call History and you happen to
be outside your local area code, you can add the appropriate
prefix by prepending the number.
ToprependaphonenumberfromCallHistory:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select CallHistory.
ABC
DEF
3. Select Outgoing (
), Incoming (
), Missed (
),
GHI
or Recent Calls (
).
4. Scroll to a call history entry and press Options (right
softkey).
5. Highlight Prepend and press
6. Enter the digits you want to add to the number.
7. Press or to place a call.
To select another option, press Options (right softkey),
.
highlight it and press
.
ⅷ
Call to dial the phone number.
ⅷ
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone
mode.
SavePhone# to store the phone number in your
Contacts directory.
ⅷ
ⅷ
H
HardPause to insert a hard pause.
T
2-Sec. Pause to insert a 2-second pause.
118
Section 2F: Managing Call History
ErasingCallHistory
To erase individual Call History entries, see “Call History
Options”on page 115.
ToeraseCallHistory:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select CallHistory.
JKL
3. Select EraseHistory (
).
ABC
DEF
4. Select Outgoing (
), Incoming (
), Missed (
),
GHI
JKL
Recent Calls (
), or All (
).
5. Highlight VoiceCalls or ReadyLink and press
.
Ⅲ
VoiceCalls to erase call history for voice calls.
Ⅲ
ReadyLink to erase call history for Sprint PCS Ready
Link calls.
6. Select Yes.
Section 2F: Managing Call History
119
120
Section 2G
Using the Contacts Directory
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ DisplayingtheContactsList
AddingaNewContactsEntry
FindingContactsList Entries
ContactsList EntryOptions
AddingaPhoneNumbertoaContactsEntry
EditingaContactsEntry
ErasingaContactsEntryFromtheList
AssigningSpeedDialNumbers
AssigninganImagetoaContactsEntry
SelectingaRingerforan Entry
Secret ContactsEntries
DialingSprint PCSServices
Nowthat youknowthebasicsthat makeit easiertostayin
touchwithpeopleandinformation,you’rereadytoexplore
yourphone’smoreadvancedfeatures. This section explains
how to use your phone’s Contacts Directory and helps you
make the most of your contacts and time when you are
trying to connect with the important people in your life.
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
121
DisplayingtheContactsList
You can change the display view for the Contacts list. You may
choose to display a List view (the default setting) or you may
display the list with picture ID.
TodisplayyourContactslist:
ᮣ
Press the navigation key right.
– or –
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Contacts.
3. Select Find/AddEntry (
).
Tochangethecontactsdisplayview:
1. Press the navigation key right.
2. Press Options (right softkey), then select Thumbnail or
List to switch betweenThumbnail/List display mode.
122
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
AddingaNewContactsEntry
Your Sprint PCS Phone can store up to 500 phone numbers in
up to 300 Contacts entries (an entry may contain up to seven
numbers). Each entry’s name can contain sixteen characters.
Toaddanewentry:
1. Press the navigation key right to display the
Contacts list.
2. Select <AddContact>.
3. Enter a name and press
.
4. Select the appropriate label (Mobile, Home, Work, Pager,
Fax, Other, NoLabel, Email, or Web), enter the phone
number or address, and press
.
5. Press Save (left softkey).
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
123
FindingContactsList Entries
There are several ways to display your Contacts entries: by
name, by speed dial number, by Sprint PCS Ready Link List, and
by voice tags. Follow the steps outlined in the sections below
to display entries from the Contacts list menu.
FindingNames
TofindContactslist entriesbyname:
1. Press the navigation key right to display the
Contacts list.
2. Scroll through all the entries using your navigation key.
– or –
Enter the first letter of the name or part of the name.
(The display shows the entries beginning with the letter
entered.)
3. To display the entry’s details, select your desired entry
and press
4. To make the call, highlight the desired number and press
, or Call (left softkey).
.
,
124
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
TofindSprint PCSReadyLinkList entries:
1. Press the navigation key right to display your
Contacts list.
2. Press Goto (left softkey). Highlight your desired list and
press
.
Ⅲ
PhoneBook to display the Contacts list.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
CompanyList to display the Company List.
CompanyGrps. to display the Company Group List.
PersonalList to display the Personal List.
PersonalGrps. to display the Personal Group List.
3. Scroll through the list to select your desired entry.
Note:TheGoto (left softkey)optiondoesnot appearwhenSprint PCSReady
Linkmodeisset toDisable (seepage230), orSprint PCSReadyLinkislocked
(seepage89).
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
125
FindingSpeedDialNumbers
Tofindphonenumbersyouhavestoredinspeeddiallocations:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Contacts.
ABC
3. Select SpeedDial#s (
). (The Speed Dial numbers list
appears.)
FindingVoiceTags
TofindVoiceTagsinyourphone:
1. Press
.
2. You’ll hear a tone after a prompt. Say “Tools.”
3. After the prompt, say “ReviewVoiceTag.”(The list of
Voice tags appears.)
126
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
ContactsList EntryOptions
To access a contact’s options, display the Contacts list,
highlight an entry and press .Then select a phone number
and press Options (right softkey).To select an option, highlight
it and press
.
ⅷ
Edit to edit the selected entry.
ⅷ
ⅷ
Call to dial the selected number.
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone
mode.
ⅷ
SendMessage to send aText SMS message (page 278),
aVoice SMS message (page 282), or a Picture Mail
(page 222).
ⅷ
ⅷ
CallAlarm to set a call alarm for the entry. (See page 139 for
Call Alarm.)
Set SpeedDial to assign speed dial numbers to your
favorite entries. (See “Assigning Speed Dial Numbers”on
page 130.)
ⅷ
ⅷ
Prepend to alter a phone number by adding numbers to
the beginning of the entry. (See “Prepending a Phone
Number From Call History”on page 118.)
CopytoPersonal to copy the phone number to your Ready
Link Personal List (if available).
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
127
AddingaPhoneNumbertoa
ContactsEntry
Toaddaphonenumbertoanentry:
1. Press the navigation key right to display the
Contacts list.
2. Scroll to the entry you wish to add and press
.
3. Select a phone number, press Options (right softkey),
highlight Edit, and press
.
4. Select the label field you want to add (Mobile, Home,
Work, etc.).
5. Enter the number and press
.
6. Press Save (left softkey).
128
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
EditingaContactsEntry
Tomakechangestoanentry:
1. Press the navigation key right.
2. Scroll to the entry you wish to edit and press
.
3. Select a phone number, press Options (right softkey),
highlight Edit, and press
.
– or –
Select an email address orWeb address and press Edit
(right softkey).
4. Select the field you want to edit.
5. Edit the entry by using your keypad and press
.
6. Press Save (left softkey) to save your changes.
ErasingaContactsEntryFromtheList
Toerasetheselectedentry:
1. Press the navigation key right.
2. Scroll to the entry you wish to delete by using the
navigation key and press Options (right softkey).
3. Highlight EraseContact and press
.
4. Select Yes.
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
129
AssigningSpeedDialNumbers
With this feature you can dial Contacts Directory entries with
one key press for locations 2-9. For details on how to make
calls using speed dial numbers, see “Using Speed Dialing”on
page 40.
ToassignSpeedDial:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Contacts.
ABC
3. Select SpeedDial#s (
).
4. Select an available speed dial location.
5. Select an entry from the list.
6. Select the phone number you want to set as a speed dial
and press
to save the setting.
– or –
1. Press the navigation key right.
2. Scroll to your desired entry in the Contacts list and press
.
3. Select the phone number you want to set as a speed dial
and press Options (right softkey).
4. Highlight Set SpeedDial and press
.
5. Select an available speed dial location.
Note:Ifyouattempt toassignanalreadyin-usespeeddiallocationtoanew
phonenumber, adialogwillappearaskingifyouwishtooverwritethe
existingspeeddialassignment. Select Yes toassignthelocationtothenew
phonenumberorNo tocancel.Todeletethepreviousspeeddialassignment,
select Reset.
130
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
AssigninganImagetoaContactsEntry
You can assign an image to a Contacts entry.The image is
displayed when the entry calls you.
Toassignanimageforanentry:
1. Press the navigation key right.
2. Select the entry for which you want to assign the image
and press
.
3. Press Options (right softkey), highlight Edit, and
press . (If you are selecting an email/web address, just
press Edit [right softkey].)
4. Scroll down to the box next to the
press
icon and
.
5. Select your desired option and press OK (left softkey) to
assign.
6. Press Save (left softkey) to save the image type.
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
131
SelectingaRingerforanEntry
You can assign a ringer type to a Contacts entry so you can
identify the caller by the ringer type. (See “RingerTypes”on
page 50.)
Toselect aringertypeforanentry:
1. Press the navigation key right.
2. Select the entry for which you want to set the incoming
ringer and press
.
3. Press Options (right softkey), highlight Edit, and
press . (If you are selecting an email/web address, just
press Edit [right softkey].)
4. Scroll down to the box next to the icon and
press
.
5. Select your desired ringer and press . (When you
highlight a ringer type, a sample ringer will sound.)
6. Press Save (left softkey) to save the ringer type.
Note:Ifyouset ananimationringer(indicatedwiththe icon)andan
image, yourSprint PCSPhoneplaystheringer(audio)oftheanimation
ringeranddisplaystheimageyouselected.
132
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
Secret ContactsEntries
You can hide an entry’s phone number(s) and require your lock
code to edit the entry by making it secret.The entry name is
still displayed, but the entry’s phone numbers are replaced
with “<Secret>”.
Tomakeanentrysecret:
1. Press the navigation key right.
2. Scroll to the Contacts entry you want to tag as secret.
3. Press Options (right softkey) to display the menu
options.
4. Highlight Set Secret and press
5. Enter the 4-digit lock code.
6. Select On.
.
Tomakeanentrypublic:
1. Press the navigation key right.
2. Scroll to the Contacts entry you want to tag as public.
3. Press Options (right softkey) to display the menu
options.
4. Highlight Set Secret and press
5. Enter the 4-digit lock code.
6. Select Off.
.
Tip:Ifyoucan’t recallyourlockcode, tryusingthelast fourdigitsofeither
yourSocialSecuritynumberoryourSprint PCSPhoneNumberortry0000or
NATL(6285). Ifnoneofthesework, callSprint CustomerServiceat
1-888-211-4PCS(4727).
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
133
DialingSprint PCSServices
Your Contacts list is preprogrammed with contact numbers
for various Sprint PCS Services.
Todialaservice:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Contacts.
GHI
3. Select Services (
).
ABC
4. Select CustomerService (
), DirAssistance (
),
DEF
GHI
Account Info(
), Sprint Operator (
), or
JKL
VoiceCommand (
).
5. Press
or
.
Todialaservicefromstandbymodeusingyourkeypad:
1. Dial the appropriate service number:
ABC
Shift
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
CustomerService -
DirectoryAssistance -
GHI
GHI
Shift
Account Info-
Sprint Operator -
Shift
VoiceCommand -
2. Press
or
to place the call.
134
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
Section 2H
Using the Phone’s Calendar
and Tools
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ UsingYourPhone’sCalendar
DisplayingPhoneInformation
UsingYourPhone’sTools
YourSprint PCSPhoneisequippedwithseveralpersonal
informationmanagement featuresthat helpyoumanage
yourbusylifestyle. This section shows you how to use these
features to turn your phone into a time management
planner that helps you keep up with your contacts,
schedules, and commitments. It takes productivity to a
whole new level.
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
135
UsingYourPhone’sCalendar
DisplayingYourCalendar
Todisplayyourcalendar:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
ABC
3. Select Calendar (
).
AddinganEvent totheCalendar
Your Calendar helps organize your time and reminds you of
important events (up to 100 events).
Toaddanevent:
1. From the Calendar display (see above), select the day
you want to add an event and press Options (right
softkey).
2. Highlight AddEvent and press
3. Select Schedule ( ).
4. Enter the description using your keypad and press
.
(or
press Mode [right softkey] to select a description from
“FromTo Do List”).
Note:The“FromToDoList”optionwillnot appeariftherearenoitems
storedintheToDoList. See“AddingToDoList Items”onpage142fordetails.
136
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
5. Select the following items.
Ⅲ
Description to enter a description of your event (up
to 14 characters).
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
From to schedule the start time.
To to schedule the end time.
Location to edit the location of your event (up to 14
characters).
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Alarm to select your desired ringer.
AlarmTime to edit the alarm time (number of hours
or minutes before the event starts). Default alarm
time is 10 minutes before.
Ⅲ
Repeat to set the event’s repeating status.
6. Press Save (left softkey) to schedule the event.
ᮣ
Tip:Thedateyouhavescheduledeventsforisindicatedby“ ”.
Tip:Pressthenavigationkeyupordowntoscrollbyweekthroughthe
CalendarandtheSideVolumekeytoscrollbymonth.
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
137
Event Alerts
There are several ways your Sprint PCSVision Phone alerts you
of scheduled events:
ⅷ
By playing the alert tone (depending on the RingerType
and RingerVolume setting).
ⅷ
By blinking the LED.
ⅷ
By displaying the event’s description on the Main LCD or
Sub LCD.
ⅷ
By lighting the LCD backlight (depending on the backlight
setting).
Event Alert Menu
When you have an event alarm scheduled, your phone alerts
you and displays the
Tosilenceanevent alert:
ᮣ
icon and the event summary.
Press any key to silence an event alert. (The alarm will
play again after 10 minutes.)
Otheroptionsavailableinclude:
ⅷ
Press and hold the side camera key to cancel snoozing.
ⅷ
Press Dismiss (right softkey) to dismiss the event.
Tip:Tocheckthemissednotificationfromstandbymode, press
and
select MissedAlerts.
138
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
AddingaCallAlarmtotheCalendar
You can set call alarms to notify you when you need to place a
call.The call alarm will let you know when and to whom to
place a scheduled call. You can set up to 15 call alarms.
Toaddacallalarmtothecalendar:
1. From the Calendar display (see page 136), select the
day you want to add an event and press Options (right
softkey).
2. Highlight AddEvent and press
.
ABC
3. Select CallAlarm (
).
4. Enter the phone number directly or press Options (right
softkey) for options.
Ⅲ
FromPh. Book to select the desired number from
your Contacts list.
Ⅲ
Voicemail to select the number for voicemail access.
5. Select the following items.
Ⅲ
Time/Date to edit the start time and date.
Ⅲ
Alarm to select the ringer alarm.
Ⅲ
Repeat to set the Call Alarm’s repeat status.
6. Press Save (left softkey).
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
139
CallAlarmAlerts
There are several ways your Sprint PCS Phone alerts you of a
scheduled call alarm:
ⅷ
By playing the alert tone (depending on the RingerType
and RingerVolume setting).
ⅷ
By blinking the LED.
ⅷ
By displaying the call alarm notification on the Main LCD
or Sub LCD.
ⅷ
By lighting the LCD backlight (depending on the backlight
setting).
CallAlarmMenu
When you have scheduled a call alarm, your phone alerts you
and displays the
wish to call.
icon and the name or phone number you
Torespondtoacallalarm:
ᮣ
Press
or
to dial the phone number.
Other options available include:
ⅷ
Press
to make a Sprint PCS Ready Link call (if
applicable).
ⅷ
Press any key (except
or
while the phone is
closed) to repeat the alarm in 10 minutes.
ⅷ
ⅷ
Press and hold the side camera key to cancel snoozing.
Press Dismiss (right softkey) to dismiss the call alarm.
140
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
EditinganEvent orCallAlarm
Toedit anevent orcallalarm:
1. From the Calendar display (see page 136), select the
date for which you set events and press
.
2. Select one of the events or call alarms. (The event or call
alarm details appear.)
3. Select the information you want to edit.
4. Enter or select a new setting and press
.
5. Press Save (left softkey).
ViewingaFutureorPast Day’sScheduledEvents
Toviewafutureorpast day’sscheduledevents:
1. From the Calendar display (see page 136), press Options
(right softkey).
2. Highlight GoToDate and press
.
3. Enter the date by using numeric keys and the navigation
key and press OK (left softkey).
4. Press
once again to view the day’s event list.
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
141
ErasinganEvent orCallAlarm
Toeraseascheduledevent orcallalarm:
1. From the Calendar display (see page 136), select the
date for which you set events and press
.
2. Select one of the events or call alarms and press Options
(right softkey).
3. Highlight EraseEvent and press
.
4. Select Yes.
AddingToDoListItems
Your phone can store and manage up to 20To Do List items.
ToaddanitemtoyourToDoList:
1. From the Calendar display (see page 136), press Options
(right softkey).
2. Highlight ToDoList and press
3. Press Options (right softkey).
4. Highlight AddItem and press
.
.
5. Enter the description (up to 14 characters) and
press
.
6. Select Priority and edit theTo Do’s priority.
7. Press Save (left softkey).
142
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
AddingaToDoList ItemtotheCalendar
ToaddyourToDoList itemtothecalendar:
1. From theTo Do List display (see page 142), select the
item you want to add to the schedule and press Options
(right softkey).
2. Highlight AddToSchedule and press
.
Ⅲ
AddToSchedule to copy the item from theTo Do List
and make it a scheduled event. (Adding an item to
the schedule does not remove it from yourTo Do
List.)
3. Enter the description using your keypad and press
.
(See “Adding an Event to the Calendar”on page 136for
entering.)
4. Press Save (left softkey).
Note:IfyouhavesavedaToDoList itemtothecalendar, deletingit fromthe
ToDoList willnot deleteit fromthecalendar.Toremoveanitemsavedtothe
calendar,see“ErasinganEvent orCallAlarm”onpage142.
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
143
ViewingMemoryinYourCalendar
Toviewavailablememoryspaceandoptions:
1. From the Calendar display (see page 136), press Options
(right softkey).
2. Highlight ViewMemory and press
.
ABC
3. Select Schedule (
), CallAlarm (
), or
DEF
ToDoList (
). (The available memory space and
options display.)
PurgingAllEvents, CallAlarms, orToDoList Items
Todeleteallscheduledevents, callalarms, orToDoList items:
1. From the Calendar display (see page 136), press Options
(right softkey).
2. Highlight EraseMemory and press
.
3. Select one item from the options.
Ⅲ
EraseOld (
) deletes old events, call alarms, and
To Do List items that are done.
ABC
Ⅲ
EraseAll (
) deletes all events, call alarms,
andTo Do List items.
4. Select Yes.
144
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
DisplayingPhoneInformation
DisplayingYourUserAddress
Todisplaythephone’scurrent useraddress:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select PhoneInfo (
).
4. Select Phone#/UserID (
).
Ⅲ
If you sign out, <PCSVisionDisabled> appears on the
display.
FindingIconDefinitions
Toviewanexplanationoficonsthat appearonthedisplay:
1. Press to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select PhoneInfo (
).
ABC
4. Select Help (
).
5. Select the item for which you want to see the
explanation and press . (The icon’s explanation
appears.)
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
145
DisplayingtheVersionInformation
Todisplaytheversionnumberofthesoftware, hardware, PRL
(PreferredRoamingList),PRI(Product ReleaseInstructions),etc.,
installedonyourSprint PCSPhone:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select PhoneInfo (
).
DEF
4. Select Version (
).
DisplayingAdvancedInformation
Todisplayadvancedinformationsuchastechnologyand
frequency:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select PhoneInfo (
4. Select Advanced (
).
).
GHI
146
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
UsingYourPhone’sTools
In addition to helping you be more efficient and organized,
your Sprint PCSVision Phone offers useful and entertaining
tools.
UsingtheAlarmClock
Your phone comes with a built-in alarm clock with alarm
capabilities. You can set up to 5 alarms.
Tousethealarmclock:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
DEF
3. Select AlarmClock (
).
Ⅲ
Press Settings (right softkey) to set the
RingerLength or SnoozeInterval.
4. Select a number and the following items.
Ⅲ
Description to enter a description of the alarm.
Ⅲ
Time to enter the alarm time. Enter the desired
alarm time and press
.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Repeat to select the alarm frequency.
Alarm to set the alarm on or off.
5. Press Save (left softkey) to save the alarm settings.
Note:DependingonthePowerOntoAlert setting, thealarmsettingwillbe
activeevenifthephoneisturnedoff. (See“SettingPowerOntoAlert”on
page86.)
Note:Inano-servicearea, it’snecessarytoset theactualtimeanddateto
usetheAlarmClockfunctionafterremovingandinstallingyourbattery.
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
147
Tostopthealarm:
ᮣ
Press any key to stop the alarm. (The alarm will snooze
and then sound again after the selected snooze
interval.)
Ⅲ
Press and hold the side camera key to cancel
snoozing.
Ⅲ
Press Dismiss (right softkey) to dismiss the alarm.
UsingtheCountdownTimer
This feature allows you to use the countdown timer with
alarm capabilities. You can set up to 5 timers.
Tousethecountdowntimer:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
GHI
3. Select Countdown (
).
Ⅲ
Press Settings (right softkey) to set the
RingerLength or SnoozeInterval.
4. Select a number and the following items.
Ⅲ
Description to enter a description of the countdown.
Ⅲ
Time to enter the countdown time. Enter the desired
time and press
.
Ⅲ
Alarm to set the countdown alarm on or off.
5. Press Save (left softkey) to save the countdown settings.
Tip:Thisfeatureisnot availablewhileyourphoneisturnedoff.
148
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
UsingtheStopWatch
Tostart thestopwatch:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
JKL
3. Select StopWatch (
).
Ⅲ
Press Start (left softkey) to start the stop watch
operation.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Press Stop (left softkey) to stop the stop watch
operation.
Press Resume (left softkey) to start the stop watch
operation again.
Torecordalaptimewhilethestopwatchisrunning:
Ⅲ
Press Lap (right softkey) to record time of first lap.
Ⅲ
Press Lap (right softkey) again to record next lap.
(You may continue this until lap 5.)
Todisplaythestopwatchoptions:
1. During stop watch operation, press Options (right
softkey).
2. To select an option, highlight it and press
.
Ⅲ
GotoLapList to display a saved Lap List. Press Detail
(left softkey) to display the lap list detail.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
SavetoLapList to save the recorded lap times.
Reset to reset the time to zero and clear any recorded
lap times.
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
149
UsingtheWorldClock
Toset theworldclockdisplay:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
3. Select WorldClock (
MNO
).
4. The world clock display appears.
Ⅲ
Press the navigation key right or left to change
countries.
Tip:PressSummer (left softkey)orStandard (right softkey)toselect between
daylight savingsandstandardtime(ifapplicable).The
summermode.
iconisshownin
UsingtheCalculator
Your phone comes with a built-in calculator.
Tousethecalculator:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
PQRS
3. Select Calculator (
).
4. Enter numbers using your keypad. (Press the left softkey
to insert a decimal point.)
5. Press the appropriate navigation key for an arithmetic
option (Up for addition, Down for subtraction,
Left for multiplication, Right for division).
6. Enter numbers and press
for the result.
Ⅲ
To clear the numbers, press CLR (right softkey).
150
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
UpdatingYourPhone
Your MM-9000 by Sanyo allows you to update its software
version over the air. You will be notified with a text message if
a new software version is available for your phone. You can
also check if an update is available through the Tools menu.
Toupdateyourphone:
1. Press Yes (left softkey) when an update notification
appears.
2. Read the information screen and press Next (left softkey)
to continue.
3. Select UpdatePhone to update your phone’s software
version.
ToupdateyourphonethroughtheToolsmenu:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
TUV
3. Select UpdatePhone (
).
4. If a new software version is available, press Yes (left
softkey) to continue.
5. Read the information screen and press Next (left softkey)
to continue.
6. Select UpdatePhone to update your phone’s software
version.
Section 2H: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools
151
152
Section 2I
Using Your Phone’s Voice Services
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ UsingAutomaticSpeechRecognition
UsingtheVoiceRecorder
SettingUpScreenCall
YourSprint PCSVisionPhone’sVoiceServiceslet youplacecalls
usingyourvoice, storevoicereminders, andrecordmemos
right onyourphone.This section includes easy-to-follow
instructions on using voice-activated dialing and managing
voice recordings.
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
153
UsingAutomaticSpeechRecognition
Your Sprint PCSVision Phone is equipped with an Automatic
Speech Recognition (ASR) feature.This feature allows you to
make calls or use the phone’s functions by simply using your
voice. All you have to do is to talk into the phone, and the
phone will recognize your voice and complete tasks by itself.
You can activate Automatic Speech Recognition whether the
phone is open or closed.
ActivatingAutomaticSpeechRecognition
ToactivateAutomaticSpeechRecognition:
ᮣ
From standby mode, press
.
The phone displays the Command menu and prompts you to
say the name of the command you want to use.To complete
your task, simply follow the voice prompts. You can speak the
name of the command after you hear a beep.
Thefollowingisalist ofavailableASRcommands:
ⅷ
Contact to call an entry in your Contacts list. (See
page 156for details.)
ⅷ
DialNumber to dial a phone number by speaking the
number. (See page 157 for details.)
ⅷ
CallVoiceTag to call the name or phone number stored in
theVoiceTag List. (See page 158 for details.)
ⅷ
FindContact to find an entry stored in your Contacts list.
(See page 158 for details.)
ⅷ
International to make an international call. (See page 161
for details.)
154
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
ⅷ
PhoneStatus to notify you of your phone number, the
coverage area, the current signal strength, and the battery
level. (See page 165 for details.)
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Tools to select additional commands from Digit Training,
AddVoiceTag, ReviewVoiceTag, or EraseVoiceTag.
Help to get instructions for Automatic Speech Recognition
for available commands. (See page 165 for details.)
ReadyLink to place a Ready Link call from the Sprint PCS
Ready Link List. (See page 162 for details.)
Tip:YoucanalsoactivateAutomaticSpeechRecognitionbypressingand
holding or . Sayonscreencommandstocontinue.
Note:IfyourphoneisunabletorecognizeanASRcommandafterthree
attempts, anerrormessagewillappearonthedisplayandthephonewill
returntostandbymode.
Note:UsetheAutomaticSpeechRecognitionfeatureinaquiet
environment tocorrectlyrecognizeyourvoice.
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
155
MakingaVoiceCallbyUsingASR
With ASR, you can make a voice call by speaking a name,
phone number, or using a voice tag.
Tomakeavoicecallbyspeakinganame:
1. Press
to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “Contact”to your phone.
3. Say the full name of a contact in your Contacts list (e.g.,
“John Jones”).
4. Say the label you’d like to call (e.g., “Mobile”).
Shortcut:Toexecuteseveralcommandsat atime, youcanalsosayseveral
commandscontinuously(e.g.“Contact,JohnJones,Mobile”).
5. The phone will automatically place a call if it recognizes
your voice.
6. When you are finished, press
.
Note:Ifthephonedoesnot recognizethename, thephonewillfindthe
closest matchinyourContactslist anddisplayalist ofuptothreenames.
Youwillhearthevoiceprompt “Didyousay…”followedbythematched
name.Youcanconfirmthenamebysaying“Yes,”orchangetheselectionby
saying“No.”
Tip:DuringASRoperation, youcanalsoselect yourdesireditemsbyusing
thenavigationkeyorpressingavailablesoftkeysonthedisplay.
156
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
Tomakeacallbyspeakingaphonenumber:
1. Press to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “DialNumber”to your phone.
3. Say the digits of the phone number using a natural voice.
Shortcut:Youcanalsosay“DialNumber”followedbythenumberyouwant
tocall.
4. The phone automatically places the call if it recognizes
your voice.
5. When you are finished, press
.
Note:Ifthephonedoesnot recognizethenumber, thephonewillfindthe
most likelymatchnumberanddisplayalist ofuptothreenumbers.Youwill
hearthevoiceprompt “Didyousay…”followedbythematchednumber.You
canconfirmthenumberbysaying“Yes,”orsay“No”tochangetheselection.
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
157
FindingContactsList Entries
This feature allows you to find the entry in your Contacts list
by saying the name.
Tofindacontact intheContactslist:
1. Press
to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “FindContact”to your phone.
3. Say the full name of a contact in your Contacts list (e.g.,
“John Jones”).
4. The phone will display the contact details for the
recognized name.
5. To make a call, select the desired number from the list by
using your navigation key and press
or
.
MakingaCallUsingaVoiceTag
With a voice tag you record, your phone will automatically dial
a phone number. Your phone can store up to 20 voice tags. (To
create a voice tag, see “Programming aVoiceTag”on page
159.)
Tomakeacallbyusingavoicetag:
1. Press
to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “CallVoiceTag”to your phone.
3. Say your recorded voice tag.
4. The phone automatically places the call if it recognizes
your voice.
5. When you are finished, press
.
158
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
ProgrammingaVoiceTag
Toprogramavoicetag:
1. Press
to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “Tools.”
3. Say “AddVoiceTag.”
4. Say the digits of the phone number.
5. Say “Yes”to confirm or “No”to cancel.
6. Say the name you want to add.
7. Respond to the prompt by repeating the name after the
beep. (You will hear a confirmation that voice tag has
been successfully saved.)
Tip:Recordvoicetagsinaquiet environment.
ReviewingVoiceTags
Toreviewvoicetags:
1. Press
to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “Tools.”
3. Say “ReviewVoiceTag.”(A review list will display and you
will hear all of the names and phone numbers saved in
the voice tag list.)
Tip:Duringstep3above, youcanmakeacalltothehighlightednumberby
pressing
or
.
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
159
ErasingaVoiceTag
Toeraseavoicetag:
1. Press
to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “Tools.”
3. Say “EraseVoiceTag.”
4. Say the name you want to erase from your voice tag list.
(The name will be repeated and you will be asked to
verify it.)
5. Say “Yes”to confirm or “No”to cancel. (You will hear a
confirmation that the voice tag has been successfully
erased.)
Tip:Youcaneraseallvoicetagsthroughyourphone’sSettingsmenu(see
“ErasingAllVoiceTags”onpage93).
160
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
MakingInternationalCallsbyUsingASR
Your phone’s ASR Dialing feature can dial the international
access code when you are traveling outside of the United
States.
TomakeinternationalcallsbyusingASR:
1. Press
to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “International.”
3. Say the digits of the country code.
4. Say the digits of the phone number.
5. The phone automatically places the call if it recognizes
your voice.
6. When you are finished, press
.
Note:Ifthephonedoesnot recognizethecountrycode/number, thephone
willfindthemost likelymatchcode/numberanddisplayalist ofuptothree
numbers.Youwillhearthevoiceprompt “Didyousay…”followedbythe
matchedcode/number.Youcanconfirmthenumberbysaying“Yes,”orsay
“No”tochangetheselection.
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
161
MakingaSprint PCSReadyLinkCallby
UsingASR
You can place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call by using automatic
speech recognition from your Sprint PCS Ready Link List.To
make a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call, your phone’s Sprint PCS
Ready Link mode must be set to Enable (see “Setting
Sprint PCS Ready Link Mode”on page 230 for details).
TomakeaSprint PCSReadyLinkCall:
1. Press
to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “ReadyLink.”(The Command menu of your
Sprint PCS Ready Link List will display.)
3. Choose from one of the following options:
Ⅲ
Contact to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call from the
Personal List.
Ⅲ
Group to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call from the
Personal Groups.
Ⅲ
CompanyContact to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link
call from the Company List (if applicable).
Ⅲ
CompanyGroup to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call
from the Company Group List (if applicable).
Ⅲ
DialNumber to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call by
speaking a number.
Ⅲ
PhoneStatus to notify you of your phone number
and the signal strength.
Ⅲ
Help to activate the Automatic Speech Recognition
instruction for Ready Link calls.
162
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
4. Say “Contact,”“Group,”“CompanyContact,”
“CompanyGroup,”or “DialNumber.”
5. Say the contact’s name in your Sprint PCS Ready Link List
or the digits of the phone number. (Wait for the prompt.)
6. Respond to the prompt by saying the name or group
name.
Ⅲ
To place the call, press
. (See “Making and
Receiving a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call”on page 233
for details.)
Tip:Ifyousay“Contact”or“DialNumber”duringstep4above,youcansay
followingcommandscontinuously(e.g.,“Contact,JohnJones”or“Dial
Number, 999-999-9999”).
Tip:Toredialthelast Sprint PCSReadyLinkcallbyusingASRwiththeflip
open, pressandhold
onthesideofyourphone.
Tip:YoucanalsomakeaSprint PCSReadyLinkcalltoContact, Group, and
dialednumberbyusingASRwiththeflipclosed. Pressandhold
followthevoiceprompts.
, and
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
163
UsingDigitTraining
This feature allows you to train the phone to recognize your
voice when speaking a phone number. You can get better
recognition accuracy by programming your intonation
pattern into your phone.
ToprogramDigitTraining:
1. Press
to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “Tools.”
3. Say “DigitTraining.”
4. Say “Start”or press Start (left softkey) to start
programming.
5. Follow the voice prompts and recite the digits into your
phone’s microphone. (A voice prompt will indicate the
current rate of adaptation.)
6. Respond to the voice prompt repeatedly until
adaptation is complete. (When you are finished training,
you will hear a confirmation that the adaptation has
been successfully completed.)
Note:Trydigit traininginaquiet environment forthebest results.When
youtrain, makesureyouspeakclearlyanddistinctlyinyournaturalvoice.
ToactivateDigitTraining:
1. Press
to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “Tools.”
3. Say “DigitTraining.”
4. Say “On”or press On (right softkey) to activate the
existing data. (A voice prompt will announce the
activation of digit training.)
164
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
TodeactivateDigitTraining:
1. Follow steps 1-3 on the previous page.
2. Say “Off”or press Off(right softkey) to deactivate the
existing data. (A voice prompt will announce the
deactivation of digit training.The adaptation returns to
its default setting.)
PhoneStatusCommand
This feature uses a voice prompt to tell you your phone
number and current signal strength.
ToactivatePhoneStatusCommand:
1. Press
to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “PhoneStatus.”(You will hear your phone number,
the coverage area, the current signal strength, and the
battery level.)
ASRHelpCommand
This feature will help you learn the basics of using automatic
speech recognition.
ToactivateHelpCommand:
1. Press
to activate the Command menu.
2. Say “Help.”(You will hear a brief summary of available
automatic speech recognition commands.)
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
165
UsingtheVoiceRecorder
This feature allows you to record voice data in standby mode.
Your phone can store up to 20 voice recordings and the total
available recording time is 5 minutes.
Tip:Ifyouhaven’t signedupforSprint PCSReadyLinkserviceandReadyLink
modeisset toDisable (seepage230), youcanusetheReadyLink/
Recorderbutton(
)asaVoiceRecorderbuttoninstandbymode.
DisplayingtheVoiceRecorderMenu
Todisplaythevoicerecordermenu:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
3. Select VoiceServices (
4. Select VoiceRecorder (
).
).
Shortcut:YoucanalsodisplaythevoicerecordermenubypressingReady
Link/Recorderbutton( )instandbymode. (Thisshortcut becomes
availablewhenyoudisableSprint PCSReadyLinkmode.)
RecordingaVoiceMemo
Torecordavoicememo:
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Record (
) or
ABC
Record:Speaker (
).
2. Start recording after the beep.
Ⅲ
Press Pause (right softkey) to pause the recording.To
restart recording, press Record (right softkey).
3. To finish recording, press
,
, or
.
166
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
Toset theaudioquality:
1. Display the voice recorder menu (see page 166).
2. Highlight Record or Record:Speaker and press Settings
(right softkey).
3. Select AudioQuality.
4. Select High or Low.
Note:WhenAudioQualitysettingisHigh, thetotalrecordingtimewillbe
reduced.
RecordingaVoiceMemointheminiSDCard
TorecordavoicememointheminiSDcard:
1. From the voice recorder menu, select
JKL
AutoSaveto (
).
Ⅲ
Phone to save the voice recording to your phone.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
miniSD to save the voice recording to the miniSD.
Switchw/Card to save the voice recording to the
miniSD when the miniSD card is inserted and to your
phone when the miniSD card is not inserted.
2. Select miniSD.
3. To start recording, follow the steps 1-3 in “Recording a
Voice Memo”on page 166.
Note:Themaximumnumberoffilesthat canbestoredandmanagedinthe
VoicefolderonaminiSDis1000files.
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
167
PlayingVoiceRecordings
Toplayindividualorallvoicerecordings:
DEF
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Play (
) or
GHI
Play:Speaker (
).
2. Select VoiceData (
).
) if you want to play the voice
DEF
Ⅲ
Select miniSD (
recordings saved in the miniSD. (The miniSD option
appears when the miniSD is inserted.)
3. Highlight your desired recording from the list or
highlight All if you want to play all voice recordings
continuously.
4. Press Play (left softkey) to play the recordings.
Ⅲ
Press Speed (left softkey) to change the playing
speed.
Ⅲ
Press Pause (right softkey) to pause.To restart, press
Play (right softkey).
Toplayselectedvoicerecordings:
1. Follow steps 1-2 above.
2. Check the box(es) next to the voice recordings by
pressing
and press Options (right softkey).
3. Highlight PlaySelected and press
to play the selected
recordings.
Tip:Pressandholdthenavigationkeyright tofast-forwardtherecording;
pressandholdthenavigationkeyleft tofast-rewind.
168
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
VoiceRecordingOptions
Todisplaythevoicerecordingoptions:
DEF
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Play (
) or
GHI
Play:Speaker (
).
2. Select VoiceData (
).
3. Select your desired voice recording and press Options
(right softkey) to display options.
4. To select an option, highlight it and press
.
Ⅲ
SpeakerOn or SpeakerOff to switch speakerphone
mode on or off.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
PlaySelected or PlayAll to play the selected or all the
voice recordings.
Display/Edit to select an option from the following:
●
EditTitle to edit the data title.
●
DataInfo to display information about the data
such as recorded time and size, etc.
●
Sort by to sort the data by recorded time, name, or
size.
Ⅲ
GotoTime to set the starting point of the recordings.
Enter the time you want to start, and press OK (left
softkey).
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
GotominiSD to access theVoice folder in the miniSD
(if available).
CopytominiSD to copy the phone’s voice recordings
to the miniSD (if available).
MovetominiSD to move the phone’s voice recordings
to the miniSD (if available).
Erase or EraseAll to erase the selected or all the voice
recordings.
Note:Youmust haveaminiSDcardinsertedtoviewtheminiSDoptions.
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
169
miniSDVoiceFolderOptions
There are also several user options available for managing
voice recordings stored on the miniSD card.
TodisplaytheminiSDVoicefolderoptions:
ᮣ
Access theVoice folder in the miniSD (see page 188) and
press Options (right softkey).To select an option,
highlight it and press
.
Ⅲ
SpeakerOn or SpeakerOff to switch speakerphone
mode on or off.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
PlaySelected or PlayAll to play the selected or all the
voice recordings.
Display/Edit to edit the title, display data info, or sort
the data.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
GotoTime to set the starting point of the recordings.
GotoPhone to access the phone’s voice data folder.
Erase or EraseAll to erase the selected or all the voice
recordings.
170
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
SettingtheRecordingGuard
With this feature, you can record voice recordings without any
interruption such as incoming calls.
Toset therecordingguard:
1. From the voice recorder menu, highlight Record or
Record:Speaker and press Settings (right softkey).
2. Select RecordingGuard.
3. Select On or Off.
While Recording Guard is on, your phone’s standby screen will
display “Phone Off”.
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
171
ErasingVoiceRecordings
Toeraseanindividualvoicerecordingssavedinthephone:
DEF
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Play (
) or
GHI
Play:Speaker (
).
2. Select VoiceData (
).
3. Press
to check the box(es) next to the voice recording
and press Options (right softkey).
4. Select Erase.
5. Select Yes.
Toeraseallvoicerecordingssavedinthephone:
1. From the voice recorder menu, select EraseAll (
MNO
).
2. Select VoiceData (
).
3. Select Yes.
Tip:Ifyouselect All duringstep2above, youcaneraseallrecordings(voice
recordingsandcallmemos)savedinthephone.
172
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
RecordingCallMemos
You can use your phone’sVoice Services to record the other
party’s voice during a phone call.
Torecordacallmemo:
1. During a call, press Options (right softkey).
2. Select Tools.
3. Select VoiceServices (
).
4. Select CallMemo (
).
5. Select Record (
).
6. Start recording after the beep.
7. To finish recording, press
or
.
Ⅲ
Recording also stops when the call is disconnected.
Note:Yourphonecanstoreupto12callmemosandthetotalavailable
recordingtimeis72seconds(maximumof18secondspermemo).
Tip:Callmemosarestoredwiththedateandtimestampinreverse
chronologicalorder.
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
173
ReviewingCallMemos
Toplaythecallmemosyouhaverecorded:
DEF
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Play (
) or
GHI
Play:Speaker (
).
ABC
2. Select CallMemo (
).
3. Select one memo from the list.
– or –
If you want to play all of the memos continuously, select
All.
4. Press
to stop playing.
Ⅲ
Press Slow (left softkey) or Fast (right softkey) to
change the playing speed.
Ⅲ
To play a more recent or older memo, press the
navigation key right or left.
Tip:Toset thespeakerphonemodeonoroff, pressOptions (right softkey),
highlight SpeakerOn/Off, andpress duringstep3above.
174
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
ErasingCallMemos
Toeraseanindividualcallmemo:
DEF
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Play (
) or
GHI
Play:Speaker (
).
ABC
2. Select CallMemo (
).
3. Select the memo you want to erase and press Options
(right softkey).
4. Highlight Erase and press
5. Select Yes.
.
Toeraseallcallmemos:
MNO
1. From the voice recorder menu, select EraseAll (
).
ABC
2. Select CallMemo (
).
3. Select Yes.
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
175
SettingUpScreenCall
This feature enables you to screen incoming calls by using a
recorded announcement, either one that is pre-recorded or
one that you record.
ActivatingScreenCall
Tostart ScreenCallwhenyouhaveincomingcalls:
1. When the phone rings or vibrates, press Options (right
softkey) to display the options.
2. Highlight ScreenCall and press
.
Toset AutoScreenCall:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
3. Select VoiceServices (
).
ABC
4. Select ScreenCall (
).
5. Select Auto.
6. Select On.
7. Set the answering time by using numeric keys or by
pressing the navigation key up or down.
8. Press . (The icon is displayed on the standby
display.)
Tip:Ifanewcaller’smessageiswaiting, the
iconappearsonthedisplay.
Thememosrecordedwhileactivating“ScreenCall”areshownwiththe or
iconintheCallMemolist ( :onceplayed, :not playedyet).Tolistentothe
message,see“ReviewingCallMemos”onpage174.
Tip:Whilethecaller’smessageisbeingrecorded, press
call, orpress tostoprecordinganddisconnect thecall.
toanswerthe
176
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
SelectinganAnnouncement forScreenCall
Toselect aScreenCallannouncement:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
3. Select VoiceServices (
).
ABC
4. Select ScreenCall (
).
5. Select Announcement.
6. Depending on your preference, select
ABC
Pre-Recorded (
) or Custom (
).
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
177
RecordingYourNameforaPre-Recorded
Announcement
You can use a pre-recorded announcement with or without
your name. If you record your name, your phone uses your
name recording to announce that you are not available to
answer the call.
Torecordyourname:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
3. Select VoiceServices (
).
ABC
4. Select ScreenCall (
).
5. Select Announcement.
6. Highlight Pre-Recorded and press Edit (right softkey).
7. Highlight RecordName and press
.
Ⅲ
If your name has already been recorded, select Yes to
overwrite the existing recording.
8. Press
9. Press
to start the first recording.
to stop recording.
10. After the first recording, press
again to start the
second recording.
11. Press
to stop recording.
Tip:Recordingterminatesautomaticallyin12seconds.
178
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
RecordingaCustomizedAnnouncement
Torecordanannouncement:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
3. Select VoiceServices (
).
ABC
4. Select ScreenCall (
).
5. Select Announcement.
6. Highlight Custom and press Edit (right softkey).
7. Highlight Record and press
.
Ⅲ
When an announcement has already been recorded,
select Yes to overwrite the existing recording.
8. Press
9. Press
to start the first recording.
to stop recording.
10. After the first recording, press
again to start the
second recording.
11. Press
to stop recording.
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
179
ReviewinganAnnouncement
Toreviewanannouncement:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
3. Select VoiceServices (
).
ABC
4. Select ScreenCall (
).
5. Select Announcement.
6. Highlight Pre-Recorded or Custom and press
Edit (right softkey).
7. Highlight Play or Play:Speaker and press
.
ErasinganAnnouncement
Toeraseanannouncement:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
3. Select VoiceServices (
).
ABC
4. Select ScreenCall (
).
5. Select Announcement.
6. Highlight Pre-Recorded or Custom and press
Edit (right softkey).
7. Select EraseName to erase the name for a Pre-Recorded
announcement and press
– or –
.
Select Erase to erase the message for a Custom
announcement and press
.
8. Select Yes.
180
Section 2I: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services
Section 2J
Using the miniSD Card
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ UsingYourPhone’sminiSDCardandtheminiSDAdapter
miniSDSettings
miniSDFiles
PlayingMediaPlayerintheminiSD
SettingUptheDigitalPrint OrderFormat
PrintingPicturesDirectlyFromYourPhone
ConnectingYourPhonetoYourPC
YourMM-9000bySanyoallowsyoutousetheminiSDcard
anditsadaptertoexpandthephone’savailablememory
space.Thishighlysecuredigitalcardenablesimages, music,
andvoicedatatoquicklyandeasilybeexchangedamong
SD-compatibledevices.
This section details the features and options of your phone’s
miniSD functionality.
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
181
UsingYourPhone’sminiSDCardandthe
miniSDAdapter
UsingtheminiSDCard
Your Sprint PowerVision Multimedia Phone is equipped with
a 16MB miniSD (Secure Digital) memory card and its adapter
to expand the phone’s available memory space. It allows you
to easily store images, music, and voice data in your phone.
InsertingtheminiSDCard
1. Open the miniSD card slot by lifting the cover upward.
Hold the miniSD card with the label side facing up and
the notched corner on the right.
2. Insert the card by sliding it into the slot and gently press
down until it snaps into place.
Ⅲ
Once you have inserted the miniSD card, your phone
displays the icon.
3. Close the slot cover.
label side
miniSD
card slot
notched corner
182
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
Important Note:BesuretouseonlyrecommendedminiSDcards
(16MB-1GB). Usingnon-recommendedminiSDcardscouldcausedataloss
anddamageyourphone.
WerecommendusingminiSDcardslistedbelow.
SANDISK:16MB-1GB, PANASONIC:16MB-256MB, TOSHIBA:16MB-256MB,
LEXAR:32MB-128MB.(Theyhaveallbeentestedandverifiedtoworkproperly
asofJune,2005.)
Note:Thisphonedoesnot support theminiSDcardsecurityfunction.
RemovingtheminiSDCard
1. To remove the card, make sure the power is off. Open the
miniSD card slot by lifting the cover upward. Push the
top of the card into the slot to unlock it.
2. Gently pull the card from its slot.
3. Close the slot cover.
Note:TheminiSDcardanditsadaptercanbeeasilydamagedbyimproper
operation. Pleasebecarefulwheninserting, removing, orhandlingthem.
Note:TheminiSDcardslot covermaycomeoffifforciblypulled. Ifthis
occurs, simplyplacethecoverbackintoitsoriginalposition.
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
183
miniSDIconIndications
When an included miniSD card is inserted in the phone, the
following icon will appear at the top right of the screen.The
miniSD icon does not appear unless a card is in the phone.
StatusIcon
Meaning
This icon indicates miniSD is inserted into your
phone. It turns to green while miniSD is being
accessed.
Note:DONOT removeaminiSDcardwhilefilesarebeingaccessedor
transferred. It willresult inlossordamageofdata.
Note:MakesureyourbatteryisfullychargedbeforeusingtheminiSDcard.
Yourdatamaybecomedamagedorunusableifthebatteryrunsout while
usingtheminiSDcard.
184
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
UsingtheminiSDAdapter
The supplied miniSD adapter allows miniSD cards to be used
in SD compatible devices. Before using the SD compatible
host, you will need to insert the miniSD card into the miniSD
adapter.
Toinsert theminiSDcardintotheminiSDadapter:
ᮣ
With the label side of the miniSD card facing up, insert
the card into the provided miniSD adapter and gently
slide the card until it is fully inserted.
ToremovetheminiSDcardfromtheminiSDadapter:
ᮣ
Hold the front edge of the miniSD card and gently pull
outward to remove it.
Important:Toprotect yourvitaldata
whenusingtheminiSDadapter, lockthe
write-protect switchtoprevent
Write-Protect
Switch
inadvertent overwritingofdata.
Note:Whenyouarenot usingaminiSDcard, makesuretoreplacethe
miniSDcardslot cover.
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
185
miniSDSettings
CreatingFoldersintheminiSDCard
This feature allows you to create a basic folder in the
miniSD card.
TocreatefoldersintheminiSDcard:
1. With the miniSD inserted, press
to access the main
menu.
2. Select Tools.
3. Select miniSD (
).
DEF
4. Select miniSDSettings (
).
DEF
5. Select CreateFolders (
). (The basic folders - Picture,
Video,Voice, and Media - will be created in your miniSD
card.)
ViewingMemoryintheminiSDCard
With this feature, you can display the memory used and
available in the miniSD card.
Toviewavailablememoryspace:
1. Follow steps 1-4 above to display the miniSD Settings
menu.
2. Select ViewMemory (
). (The available memory
space displays.)
186
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
FormattingtheminiSDCard
With this feature, you can easily remove all files stored in the
miniSD card.
Toformat theminiSDcard:
1. Follow steps 1-4 on the previous page to display the
miniSD Settings menu.
ABC
2. Select Format (
).
3. If you’re sure you want to format your miniSD card,
select Yes.
Note:TheformattingprocedureerasesallthedataontheminiSDcardand
CANNOTberetrieved.Toprevent thelossofimportant data,pleasecheck
thecontentsbeforeyouformat thecard.
Note:Insomecases, theminiSDcardformattedinacomputermaynot be
recognizedbythephoneandcannot beformattedusingyourphone.
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
187
miniSDFiles
DisplayingtheminiSDFiles
You can view the data stored in the miniSD from the miniSD
files.
TodisplaytheminiSDfiles:
1. With the miniSD inserted, press
to access the main
menu.
2. Select Tools.
3. Select miniSD (
).
4. Select miniSDFiles (
).
5. Select your desired folder (Picture, Video, Voice, or
Media).
6. Use your navigation key to highlight and select an item
you wish to view or play.
TodisplaytheminiSDfilesoptions:
ᮣ
Please see one of the following:
Ⅲ
“In Phone Folder and miniSD Files Options”on
page 220.
Ⅲ
“miniSDVoice Folder Options”on page 170.
Ⅲ
“miniSD Media Folder Options”on page 191.
Note:Themaximumnumberoffilesthat canbestoredineachfolderona
miniSDcardis1000files.
Warning!Exceedingthemaximumnumberoffilescouldcausedamageto
yourminiSDcardandvoidthewarranty.
188
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
PlayingMediaPlayerintheminiSD
Your Sprint PowerVision Multimedia phone comes with a
Media Player with easy-to-use playback features. It allows you
to play video or audio clips wherever you go.
PlayingaVideoorAudioClipintheminiSD
ToaccessyourmediafolderintheminiSD:
1. With the miniSD inserted, press
to access the main
menu.
2. Select MediaPlayer.
ABC
3. Select miniSD (
).
4. Use your navigation key to scroll to the clip you would
like to play and press Select (left softkey) or
to start
playback.
Note:Insomeinstances, youmaynot beabletoplaythemediafileonyour
phonewhenyouaddanysort ofsoundeffectstoyourmediafile.
PlaybackFunctions
Tostart orstoptheplayback:
ᮣ
Use
or press the left softkey (Pause or Play) to pause
or play.
Topauseorrestart theplaybackwiththeflipclosed:
ᮣ
Close the flip while playing a media file and press
to
pause or restart.
Tofast forwardtheplayback:
ᮣ
Press and hold the navigation key right until you reach
the desired spot.
Torewindtheplayback:
ᮣ
Press and hold the navigation key left until you reach the
desired spot.
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
189
Toplaytheprevious/next mediafile:
1. Press the up or down navigation key while playing a
media file. (You will see a list of media files.)
2. Highlight your desired file and press . (The file will also
play automatically after 3 seconds of highlighting.)
Toplaythenext mediafilewiththeflipclosed:
ᮣ
Close the flip while playing a media file and press the
side camera key.
Adjustingthevolume
ᮣ
Press the side volume key up or down while playing a
media file.
SelectingPlayMode
Toselect aplaymode:
1. Access the Media folder in the miniSD (see page 188)
and press Options (right softkey).
2. Select PlayMode and press
.
3. Select your desired play mode and press
.
Ⅲ
Single will play the item you have selected.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
All will play all the contents in the currently
displayed media folder.
Random will random play all the contents in the
currently displayed media folder.
Repeat will repeat the contents in the currently
displayed media folder.
Allinthisfolder* will play all the contents in the
highlighted folder.
Randominthisfolder* will random play all the
contents in the highlighted folder.
(*Only appears when you have selected a folder in
the media folder.)
190
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
miniSDMediaFolderOptions
Todisplaythemediafolderoptions:
ᮣ
Access the Media folder in the miniSD (see page 188)
and press Options (right softkey).
Ⅲ
MediaListing to display the media file list under the
Media folder in miniSD.
Ⅲ
ChannelListing to display the channel list.
Ⅲ
Infoto display the media file information (if
available).
Ⅲ
PlayMode to switch the play mode (see previous
page).
Ⅲ
PlayerSkins to select frames to display while playing
clips.
Ⅲ
OriginalSize to switch to the Original view mode.
Ⅲ
EnlargedView to switch to the Enlarged view mode.
Ⅲ
Help to see the Multimedia instruction page.
Ⅲ
Exit to terminate the Media Player.
Note:TheminiSDcardandthephone’sMediaPlayersupport thefollowing
fileextensions:“.mp3”, “.aac”, “.mp4”, “.3gp”, “.3g2”, “.m4a”, “.qcp”.
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
191
SettingUptheDigitalPrint OrderFormat
The Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) is a tool that allows you
to set up your digital picture print orders in advance. You can
use it to set options such as which pictures to print, the
number of prints for each picture, and index printing settings.
Toset uptheDPOF:
1. With the miniSD inserted, press
to access the main
menu.
2. Select Tools.
3. Select miniSD (
).
ABC
4. Select DPOFPrint Order (
).
) or IndexPrint (
ABC
5. Select StandardPrint (
).
6. Press Options (right softkey) and select an option from
the following.
Ⅲ
Select Picture to select the pictures you want to print.
(You may select up to 99 pictures.)
Ⅲ
PictureInfo to display the picture information.
Ⅲ
Unselect Picture to unselect the picture you have
selected.
Ⅲ
Set No. ofCopies to set the numbers of copies you
want to print. (The maximum number of copies that
you can select is 99 copies.)
192
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
7. When you have finished setting the print options, press
Save (left softkey).
Ⅲ
If you are setting the print options for standard
prints, you will be prompted to choose whether to
print the date. Select Yes or No. (Depending on your
printer, some options may not be available.)
Note:Youwillonlybeabletoprint ExifJPEGfiles. Non-supportedfile
formatsontheminiSDcardwillbedisplayedas
.
ClearingtheDPOFPrint Order
You can clear the DPOF Print Order for standard prints and
index prints at the same time.
TocleartheDPOFprint order:
1. Follow the steps 1-4 on page 192 to access the DPOF
Print Order menu.
DEF
2. Select ClearOrder (
).
ReviewinganOrderSummary
Toreviewanordersummary:
1. Follow steps 1-4 on page 192 to access the DPOF Print
Order menu.
GHI
2. Select OrderSummary (
). (The printer setting
details will display.)
Ⅲ
Press Switch (right softkey) to switch the display
between Standard Print/Index Print.
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
193
PrintingPicturesDirectlyFrom
YourPhone
Your Sprint PCS Phone is PictBridge compatible, allowing you
to print directly from your phone without connecting to a
computer. Simply connect your phone to a PictBridge-enabled
printer and enjoy printing your photos.
Toprint picturesdirectlyfromyourphone:
1. Press
to access the main menu. (Make sure your
phone is fully charged.)
2. Select Tools.
WXYZ
3. Select USBConnection (
).
4. Select PictBridge (
5. Select Yes ( ).
).
6. Connect your phone to the PictBridge-enabled printer
by using the included USB cable. (Wait until the
connection is completed.)
7. Select the print mode from Default Printer,
StandardPrint, IndexPrint, or DPOFPrint.
Ⅲ
If you have selected DPOFPrint, select Yes to print.To
set up the DPOF Print, see “Setting Up the Digital
Print Order Format”on page 192.
8. Set the printer settings using your navigation key.
Ⅲ
PicturetoPrint:You can select the picture from the In
Phone folder or the miniSD. (You can select up to 99
pictures, however you can only select from one
folder.)
194
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
NumberofCopies:You can set the number of copies
(1-10). (You cannot specify number of copies when
Index Print is selected.)
Print Size:You can set the print size from Default
Printer, 4”x6”, 5”x7”, 8”x10”, or Letter. (Print Size
differs depending on the type of printer you have.)
DateStamp:You can imprint the date on your
pictures. Select On or Off. (Correct Date Stamp may
not be placed depending on the type of printer you
have.)
9. When you are finished selecting the printer settings,
press Print (right softkey).
10. When finished printing, press
or
.
11. Select Yes. Follow the instructions on the display to
unplug the USB cable from the phone.
Note:TheIndexPrint modeletsyouprint out anindexsheet ofthumbnail
pictures.Youwillonlybeabletoprint ExifJPEGfiles. Non-supportedfile
formatsontheminiSDcardwillbedisplayedas
.
Note:Whileyouareconnectedtotheprinter, yourphone’sscreenwill
display“PhoneOff.”Youcannot makeorreceivecalls.
Note:MakesureyourbatteryisfullychargedbeforeusingthePictBridge.
PictBridge Error Messages:Fromtimetotimeyoumayencounter
printingproblems. Anyprintererrormessageswillbedisplayedonyour
phone, informingyouofthespecificproblemsencountered. Pleasereferto
theuser’sguidethat camewithyourprinterfordescriptions, explanations,
andpossibleresolutionsforanyerrormessages.
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
195
ConnectingYourPhonetoYourPC
Before using MM-9000’s mass storage capabilities, you need
to prepare your device’s data services to synchronize with your
desktop or laptop computer. Once the phone is connected to
the PC, you can transfer your data in the miniSD card quickly
and easily.
Toconnect yourphonetoyourPC:
1. With the miniSD inserted, press
to access the main
menu. (Make sure your phone is fully charged.)
2. Select Tools.
WXYZ
3. Select USBConnection (
).
ABC
4. Select MassStorage (
).
5. Select Yes (
).
6. Connect your phone to the PC by using the included USB
cable. (Wait until the connection is completed.)
Ⅲ
Once plugged into the USB port, the Mass Storage
Device is detected by the host computer.
7. When you have finished, click on the USB device icon on
your computer’s task bar and follow the instructions
provided to safely unplug the USB cable. (The process
may vary depending on the PC.)
Reminder:NodriverinstallationisrequiredforWindows2000/ME/XP
users. IfyouuseWindows98/98SE, youhavetodownloadandinstallthe
Note:WerecommendusingWindows2000/ME/XP. MM-9000only
guaranteestheoperationontheoperatingsystemsmentionedabove.
196
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
Note:Toavoidlossofdata, DONOT removetheUSBcable, theminiSDcard
orthebatterywhilefilesarebeingaccessedortransferred.
Note:Makesuretofollowtheproperprocedure(step7ontheprevious
page)whenyoudisconnect theUSBcable.Yourcomputermaynolonger
detect yourhandset whenyoudisconnect it severaltimesimproperly.
Note:DONOT changeoredit thefolder/filenameintheminiSDcardviathe
computerorattempt totransferlargeamountsofdatafromthecomputer
totheminiSDcard. It mayresult inminiSDcardfailure.
Note:DONOT turnoff, put intostandbymodeorrestart yourcomputer
whileusingtheMassStorageDevice. It willresult inlossordamageofdata.
Note:Whileyouareconnectedtothecomputer, yourphone’sscreenwill
display“PhoneOff.”Youcannot makeorreceivecalls.
Note:Whenyouconnect aMassStoragedevicetoaperipheraldevice, your
devicemaynot workproperly.
Note:FixedfoldersaredisplayedwhenyouaccesstotheminiSDviayour
computer.Yourdataissortedasfollows:
DCIM folder: pictures, videos
EPM folder: additional information of the data in DCIM folder
MEDIAfolder:MediaPlayerdata
MISCfolder:DPOFdata
Voicefolder:voicedata
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card
197
198
Section 2K
Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ TakingPictures
RecordingVideos
StoringPicturesandVideos
SM
SendingSprint PCSPictureMail
ManagingSprint PCSPictureMail
YourSprint PCSPhone’sbuilt-incameragivesyoutheabilityto
takefull-colordigitalpictures, viewyourpicturesusingthe
phone’sdisplay,andinstantlysendthemtofamilyandfriends.
It’s fun and as easy to use as a traditional point-and-click
camera: just take a picture, view it on your phone’s display,
and send it from your phone to up to 25 people.
This section explains the features and options of your
Sprint PCS Phone’s built-in camera.
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
199
TakingPictures
Taking pictures with your phone’s built-in camera is as simple
as choosing a subject, pointing the lens, and pressing a
button. You can activate the phone’s camera mode whether
the phone is open or closed.
Totakeapicturewiththephoneopen:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Pictures to access the Picture andVideo menu.
3. Select Camera to activate camera mode. (Additional
camera options are available through the camera mode
Options menu. See “Camera Mode Options”on page 203
for more information.)
Shortcut:Toactivatecameramode, youcanalsopress
twice.
4. Using the phone’s main LCD as a viewfinder, aim the
camera lens at your subject.
5. Press Capture (left softkey),
,
, or the side camera
key until the shutter sounds.
Tip:The taken picture is automatically saved in your selected storage area.
(See“SelectingtheStorageArea”onpage217fordetails.)
6. Press Next (right softkey) for more options:
Ⅲ
Take New Picture to return to camera mode to take
new picture.
Ⅲ
SendtoContacts to send your picture. (See page 222
for details.)
200
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
OrderPrints to order prints of the pictures. You can
select to receive prints by mail or at retail store.
Post toServices to access to the available services.
Select Update to display the latest services.
Upload to upload the picture you just took to the
Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
ReviewMedia to go to the My Albums menu.
Delete to delete the picture you just took.
Set as to assign the picture. Select your desired
option and press
.
Ⅲ
Details/Edit to edit or display your picture’s details.
Totakeapicturewiththephoneclosed:
1. Press the side camera key to activate the launch menu.
2. Select Camera.
3. Point the camera lens at your subject. (You can check the
picture framing through the external display screen.)
Note:Whentakingapicturewiththephoneclosed, thesubject image
appearsinreverseontheexternaldisplay.Thecapturedimagewillnot be
savedinreverse.
4. Press the side camera key to take the picture.
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
201
SM
CreatingYourSprint PCSPicture Mail Password
The first time you use any of the picture management options
involving the Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site, you will need to
establish a Sprint PCS Picture Mail password through your
Sprint PCSVision Picture Phone.This password will also allow
you to sign in to the Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site at
www.sprint.com/picturemail to access and manage your
uploaded pictures and albums.
TocreateyourSprint PCSPictureMailpassword:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Pictures to access the Picture andVideo menu.
3. Select MyAlbums.
4. Select OnlineAlbums. (You will be prompted to create a
Sprint PCS Picture Mail password.)
Note:IfyourSprint PCSServicePlandoesnot includeSprint PCSPicture
Mail, youwillbepromptedtosubscribetotheserviceforanadditional
monthlycharge.
5. Enter your password and press . (You will be
prompted to confirm your password.)
6. Please wait while the system creates your account.
Tip:WritedownyourSprint PCSPictureMailpasswordinasecureplace.
Once you have received confirmation that your account has
been successfully registered, you may upload and share
pictures and access the Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site.
202
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
CameraModeOptions
When the phone is open and in camera mode, press Options
(right softkey) to display additional camera options:
ⅷ
PictureMode to select picture mode from Normal,
Beach/Snow, Scenery, Soft Focus, MirrorImage, Night/Dark,
or Sharp.
ⅷ
Flash to activate the flash. (See “Setting the Flash”on
page 205 for details.)
ⅷ
Zoom to zoom in on a subject. (See “Using the Zoom”on
page 207 for details.)
ⅷ
Self-Timerto activate the camera’s timer. (See “Setting the
Self-Timer”on page 205 for details.)
ⅷ
FunTools to select an option from the following:
Ⅲ
StitchShot to take a stitch shot by stitching separate
images together (see page 206).
Ⅲ
FunFrames to select your favorite fun picture frame
to decorate your picture.
Ⅲ
ColorTone to select a wide variety of color tones for
the picture.
Note:StitchShot andFunFramesarenot availablewhentheresolution
settingis1.3M(see“SelectingCameraSettings”onpage209fordetails).
ⅷ
ImageControls to select an option from Brightness or
WhiteBalance.
ⅷ
CameraSettings to select your settings. (See “Selecting
Camera Settings”on page 209 for details.)
ⅷ
ReviewMedia to go to the My Albums menu.
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
203
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
CamcorderMode to switch to video mode. (See “Recording
Videos”on page 211 for details.)
KeyGuidance to indicate the key functions in camera
mode.
MyFavoriteSettings to select your favorite setting. (See
“SettingYour Favorite Mode”on page 208.)
UsingtheMacro/NormalSwitch
The macro/normal switch located on the front of the phone
allows you to take close-up shots. Slide the macro/normal
switch to switch between Normal and Macro (close-up)
modes. When you select Macro mode, the
the display.
icon appears on
Macro
Normal
Note:Afterusingthecameraforclose-upshots(“Macro”mode), it is
important toswitchthecamerabacktothe“Normal”setting.
Note:Placingtheswitchinbetweenthemacroandnormalsettingmay
result inout-of-focusimages. Forbest results, slidetheswitchcompletelyto
oneendortheother.
204
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
SettingtheFlash
Toactivatetheflash:
1. From camera mode, press Options (right softkey).
2. Highlight Flash and press
.
3. Select your desired option and press
.
Note:Whilethephoneisopenandincameramode, press
toswitch
betweenflashmodes.
SettingtheSelf-Timer
Toactivatetheself-timer:
1. From camera mode, press Options (right softkey).
2. Highlight Self-Timerand press
3. Highlight the length of delay you want the timer to use
.
(10Seconds or 5Seconds) and press
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate the self-timer, highlight Offand
press
.
4. Press Start (left softkey) when you are ready to start the
timer. (The icon appears on the upper right portion of
the main LCD during the self-timer countdown.)
5. Get ready for the picture. (When the timer is down to
three seconds, the self-timer icon will turn red and the
phone will begin to beep.)
Tocanceltheself-timerafterit hasstarted:
ᮣ
Press Cancel (right softkey).
Note:Whiletheself-timerisactive, allkeysaredisabledexcept
,
, andCancel (right softkey).
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
205
TakingStitchShots
Stitch shot allows you to stitch separate images together.
With this feature, your phone’s viewfinder is divided in two
and you can shoot each part separately. When you shoot the
first part, the camera displays a section of the previous part,
so you can line up the next picture with the first one.
Totakeastitchshot:
1. From camera mode, press Options (right softkey).
2. Highlight FunTools and press
.
3. Highlight StitchShot and press
.
4. Select Vertical or Horizontal and press
.
Ⅲ
Use your navigation key to switch the stitch display.
5. To take the first picture, press
.
6. To take the second picture, press
.
Note:Thisoptionisnot availablewhentheresolutionsettingis1.3M(see
page209).
206
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
UsingtheZoom
This feature allows you to zoom in on an object when you take
a picture. You can adjust the zoom from 1x to 20x.
Tousethezoom:
1. From camera mode, press the navigation key right or
left, or the SideVolume key up or down to adjust the
zoom. (The gauge bar appears.)
2. Press Capture (left softkey),
,
, or the side camera
key to take the picture. (The picture will automatically
be saved to your selected storage area.)
UsingtheMini-Flashlight
This function allows you to use the phone’s camera flash as a
miniature flashlight.To use this function, your phone must be
in standby mode with the Side Key Guard unlocked. (See page
82 for the Side Key Guard.)
Tousetheminiflashlight:
ᮣ
With the flip closed and in standby mode, press and hold
the SideVolume key (
seconds.)
). (The light remains on for 8
Note:Thisfunctiondoesn’t applywhenaMissedCallorNotificationis
displayed.
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
207
SettingYourFavoriteMode
With your Sprint PowerVision Multimedia Phone, you can
customize various camera settings.This feature allows you to
save your favorite setting.
Toset yourfavoritemode:
1. From camera mode, select your favorite setting. (See
page 203 for Camera mode options and see “Selecting
Camera Settings”on page 209.)
2. Press Options (right softkey).
3. Highlight MyFavoriteSettings and press
.
4. Select an unassigned number and press Add (right
softkey).
5. Select Yes.
6. Enter a title and press
.
Tip:Youcanalsoset yourfavoritemodeforcamcordersettings. Set your
favoritesettinginvideomodeandfollowsteps2-6above.
208
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
SelectingCameraSettings
Toselect yourcamerasettings:
1. From camera mode, press Options (right softkey).
2. Highlight CameraSettings and press
.
3. Select an option from the following.
Ⅲ
Resolution to select a picture’s file size (1.3M-
960x1280, Medium-480x640, or Low-240x320).
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Quality to select the picture quality setting (Fine,
Normal, or Economy).
ShutterSound to select a shutter sound. (See
“Setting the Shutter Sound”.)
StatusBar to switch the status bar display on or off.
SettingtheShutterSound
Toselect theShutterSound:
1. From camera mode, press Options (right softkey).
2. Select CameraSettings.
3. Select ShutterSound.
4. Select an option from the following.
Ⅲ
Defaultplays the default shutter sound.
Ⅲ
Say“Cheez” plays a recording of the phrase
“Say Cheez.”
Ⅲ
“Ready” plays a recording of the word “Ready.”
Ⅲ
Offmakes no sound.
Ⅲ
RecordYourOwnallowsyoutorecordyourownvoice.
Press
Press
to display options and select Record.
to start recording. (Maximum recording
time is 3 seconds.)To save the recording, press Save
(right softkey).
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
209
CameraIconIndication
Function Icons
Details
Appears when the storage destination is your phone.
In Phone
In miniSD
On This Shot
On Always
Auto
Storage
Area
Appears when the storage destination is miniSD.
To use the flash for only one shot.
To use a flash every time you take a picture.
To use the auto flash function.
Flash
Use this setting in bright light.
Beach/Snow
Scenery
Use this setting for scenery from a distance.
Use this setting to “soften” the picture.
Use this setting to take a mirror image.
Use this setting in low light.
Soft Focus
Mirror Image
Night/Dark
Sharp
Picture
Mode
Use this setting to “sharpen” the picture.
Use this setting for sunny weather.
Use this setting for cloudy weather.
Use this setting for standard household lighting.
Use this setting for fluorescent lighting.
Sunny
Cloudy
White
Balance
Tungsten
Fluorescent
Manual
For the manual setting of white balance.
For the manual setting of brightness.
For 1.3 Megapixel picture resolution.
For medium picture resolution.
Brightness
Manual
1.3M
Resolution Medium
Low
For low picture resolution.
Use this setting for close-up shots.
Macro Mode (Close-up)
210
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
RecordingVideos
In addition to taking pictures, you can also record, view, and
send videos to your friends and family with your phone’s built-
in video camera.
Torecordavideo:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Pictures to access the Picture andVideo menu.
3. Select Camcorder to activate video mode. (Additional
video options are available through the video mode
Options menu. See “Video Mode Options”on page 213
for more information.)
4. Using the phone’s main LCD as a viewfinder, aim the
camera lens at your subject.
5. Press Record (left softkey),
,
, or the side camera
key to begin recording.
6. Press
, Stop (right softkey), or the side camera key to
stop recording.
Tip:Therecordedvideoisautomaticallysavedinyourselectedstoragearea.
(See“SelectingtheStorageArea”onpage217fordetails.)
7. Press Next (right softkey) for more options:
Ⅲ
TakeNewVideo to return to video mode to take
another video.
Ⅲ
Play to play the video you just took.
Ⅲ
SendtoContacts to send your video. (See page 222
for details.)
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
211
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Post toServices to access to the available services.
Select Update to display the latest services.
Upload to upload the video you just took to the
Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
ReviewMedia to go to the My Albums menu.
Delete to delete the video you just took.
Set as to assign the video. Select your desired option
and press
.
Ⅲ
Details/Edit to display phone information, edit your
video’scaption,orselect thevideosize.
Totakeavideowiththeflipclosed:
1. Press the side camera key to activate the launch menu.
2. Select Camcorder.
3. Point the camera lens at your subject. (You can check the
video framing through the Sub LCD.)
Note:Whentakingavideowiththephoneclosed, thesubject image
appearsinreverseontheexternaldisplay.Thecapturedimagewillnot be
savedinreverse.
4. Press the side camera key to start recording.
5. Press the side camera key to stop recording.
212
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
VideoModeOptions
Several options are available from video mode.
Press Options (right softkey) to display additional options:
ⅷ
VideoMode to select video mode from Normal,
Beach/Snow, Scenery, Soft Focus, MirrorImage, or
Night/Dark.
ⅷ
VideoLight to select aVideo Light setting. Select On to
light the video light.
ⅷ
Zoom to zoom in on an object. You can adjust the zoom
from 1x to 20x.
ⅷ
Self-Timerto activate the timer function. (See “Setting the
Self-Timer”on page 205 for details.)
ⅷ
FunTools to select an option from the following:
Ⅲ
ColorTone to select a wide variety of color tones for
your video.
Ⅲ
FadeShot to select fade shot setting (see page 215).
ⅷ
ImageControls to select an option from Brightness or
WhiteBalance.
ⅷ
Camcord.Settings to select your settings. (See “Selecting
Camcorder Settings”on page 214 for details.)
ⅷ
ReviewMedia to go to the My Albums menu.
ⅷ
CameraMode to switch to camera mode (if applicable).
ⅷ
KeyGuidance to indicate the key functions in video mode.
ⅷ
MyFavoriteSettings to select your favorite setting. (See
“SettingYour Favorite Mode”on page 208.)
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
213
SelectingCamcorderSettings
Toselect yourcamcordersettings:
1. From video mode, press Options (right softkey).
2. Highlight Camcord.Settings and press
.
3. Select an option from the following.
Ⅲ
Resolution to select a file size (Good-176x144 or
Medium-128x96) for a video.
Ⅲ
Quality/Length to select video quality from
Economy-30sec., Normal-20sec., Rich-15sec., or Rich-
120min. miniSD.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Silent Movie to select On to record without sounds.
Select Offto deactivate this feature.
CueSound to select a cue sound. (See “Setting the
Cue Sound”on page 215 for details.)
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
EnlargedView or NormalSize to switch the view size.
PlayerSkins to select your favorite frame.
StatusBar to switch the status bar display on or off.
Note:RecordingtimevariesdependingontheQuality/Lengthsetting.
214
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
SettingtheCueSound
Toselect theCueSound:
1. From video mode, press Options (right softkey).
2. Highlight Camcord.Settings and press
3. Select CueSound.
.
4. Select an option from the following.
Ⅲ
Defaultplays the default cue sound.
Ⅲ
“Action&Cut” notifies you with the pre-recorded
words.
Ⅲ
“Ready&Stop” notifies you with the pre-recorded
words.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Offmakes no sound.
RecordYourOwn allows you to record your own voice
for a cue sound. Select Start Sound or EndSound.
Select Record and press
to start recording.
(Maximum recording time is 3 seconds for each
setting.)
SelectingFadeOut settings
This feature allows you to record videos with fade out.
Toselect thefadeout setting:
1. From video mode, press Options (right softkey).
2. Highlight FunTools and press
3. Highlight FadeShot and press
4. Select FadeOut.
.
.
5. Select White, Black, or Wipe.
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
215
VideoIconIndication
Function Icons
Details
Appears when the storage destination is your phone.
In Phone
Storage
Area
Appears when the storage destination is miniSD.
Appears when the video light setting is on.
Use this setting for sunny weather.
In miniSD
Video Light
Sunny
Cloudy
Use this setting for cloudy weather.
Use this setting for standard household lighting.
Use this setting for fluorescent lighting.
For the manual setting of white balance.
For the manual setting of brightness.
Use this setting in bright light.
White
Balance
Tungsten
Fluorescent
Manual
Brightness Manual
Beach/Snow
Use this setting for scenery from a distance.
Use this setting to “soften” the picture.
Use this setting to take a mirror image.
Use this setting in low light.
Scenery
Video
Soft Focus
Mode
Mirror Image
Night/Dark
Appears when the “Fade Out” setting is on.
For good video resolution.
Fade Shot Fade Out
Good
Resolution
For medium video resolution.
Medium
On
Appears when the silent movie setting is on.
Appears when the silent movie setting is off.
Use this setting for close-up shots.
Silent
Movie
Off
Macro Mode (Close-up)
216
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
StoringPicturesandVideos
There are three types of storage areas for your pictures and
videos that can be used separately according to your needs:
ⅷ
In Phone (see page 218)
ⅷ
miniSD (see page 219)
ⅷ
OnlineAlbums (see page 227)
SelectingtheStorageArea
When you take pictures and videos, you can choose to save
them directly to your phone or to the miniSD card.
Toselect thestoragearea:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Pictures.
3. Select Settings&Info.
4. Select AutoSaveto.
5. Select your desired storage area:
Ⅲ
InPhone to save pictures and videos to your phone.
Ⅲ
InminiSD to save pictures and videos to the miniSD
card.
Ⅲ
Switchw/Card to save the pictures and videos to the
miniSD card when the card is inserted. If not, those
are saved to your phone automatically.
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
217
InPhoneFolder
The storage area of your phone is called the InPhone folder.
From the In Phone folder, you can view the saved pictures and
videos in your phone, send them to the Sprint PCS Picture Mail
access additional options.
ToreviewyourstoredpicturesandvideosintheInPhonefolder:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Pictures to access the Picture andVideo menu.
3. Select MyAlbums.
4. Select InPhone. (Thumbnails will display, up to nine at a
time.)
5. Use your navigation key to view and scroll through the
pictures.
218
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
miniSDPictureandVideoFolder
You can save pictures and videos directly to the miniSD card
using your phone’s pictures and videos settings. (See
“Selecting the Storage Area”on page 217).The maximum
number of pictures that can be stored and managed in each
folder on a miniSD is 1000.
ToreviewyourstoredpicturesintheminiSD:
1. From the Picture andVideo menu, select MyAlbums.
2. Select InminiSD.
3. Use your Navigation key to scroll through and view
saved data.
Note:ContentsstoredbelowtheDCIMfolderonyourminiSDcardwhichdo
not conform to the DCF standard (Design rule for Camera File system)
cannot bedisplayed.
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
219
InPhoneFolderandminiSDFilesOptions
When you are viewing the In Phone folder or miniSD, press
Options (right softkey) to display the following options:
ⅷ
Play to play your videos.
ⅷ
SendtoContacts to send your pictures and videos. (See
page 222 for details.)
ⅷ
Upload to upload pictures and videos from the In Phone
folder or miniSD to the Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site
ⅷ
OrderPrints to order prints of the pictures. You can select
receive prints by mail or at retail store.
ⅷ
Post toServices to access to the available services. Select
Update to display the latest services.
ⅷ
Set as to assign the picture or video. Select your desired
option and press
.
ⅷ
Delete to delete pictures and videos.
Note:Deletingdatawillfreeupmemoryspacetoenableyoutotakemore
picturesandvideos. Oncedeleted, thedatacannot beuploadedyouronline
Sprint PCSPictureMailaccount orsavedtominiSDcardoryourphone.
ⅷ
Copy/Move to copy or move pictures and videos to your
phone or miniSD.
ⅷ
Details/Edit to display phone information or edit your
pictures and videos.
ⅷ
CameraMode to activate camera mode.
ⅷ
CamcorderMode to activate video mode.
220
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
AssignedMediaFolder
When you assign a picture or video, it will automatically be
saved in the AssignedMedia folder.The folder allows you to
store copies of pictures on your phone and to assign pictures
and videos to various phone tasks.
TosaveapictureorvideototheAssignedMediafolder:
1. From the In Phone folder (see “In Phone Folder”on
page 218), select a picture or video you wish to save to
the Assigned Media folder and press
2. Press Options (right softkey).
3. Select Set as.
.
4. Select your desired option. (A copy of the picture will
automatically be saved to the Assigned Media folder.)
ToviewpicturesandvideosstoredintheAssignedMediafolder:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools.
Shift
3. Select Assign. Media (
).
4. Select Picture or Video. (Thumbnails will display, up to
nine at a time.)
5. Use your navigation key to view and scroll.
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
221
SM
SendingSprint PCSPictureMail
Once you’ve taken a picture or video, you can use the
messaging capabilities of your phone to instantly share it
with family and friends. You can send it to up to 25 people at a
time using their email addresses or their Sprint PCS Phone
Numbers.
SendingPicturesandVideosFromthe
InPhoneFolder
TosendpicturesandvideosfromtheInPhonefolder:
1. Press
to access the Picture andVideo menu.
2. Select MyAlbums.
3. Select InPhone.
4. Highlight a picture or video you wish to send and
press . (You can select multiple pictures and videos.)
5. Press Options (right softkey) to display options.
6. Highlight SendtoContacts and press
.
7. Select PhoneBookEntry, Mobile, or Email to select or
enter recipients
Tip:PressOthers (right softkey)toselect recipientsfromyourdesiredlist
duringstep7above(ifapplicable).
8. Press Next (left softkey) when you are finished adding
recipients. (You may include up to 25 recipients per
message.)
222
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
9. Follow the system prompts to add data, such as title,
message, etc.
10. Press the appropriate softkey to send the pictures and
videos.
Tip:Ifamessagefails, youarepromptedtosendit manually. Ifyouchooseto
sendit later, themessagegoestothePendingPictureMailFolder.Toaccess
thefolder, fromthemainmenuselect Pictures>PictureMail>Pending.
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
223
SendingPicturesFromMessaging
You can also send Sprint PCS Picture Mail from your phone’s
Messaging menu.
TosendpicturesfromtheMessagingmenu:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging to access the Messaging menu.
3. Select SendMessage.
4. Highlight PictureMail and press
.
5. Highlight SendtoContacts and press
.
6. Select PhoneBookEntry, Mobile, or Email to select or
enter recipients.
7. Press Next (left softkey).
8. Select InPhone, InminiSD, or OnlineAlbums.
9. Use the navigation key to select the picture you wish to
send and press . (You can select multiple pictures.)
10. Press Next (left softkey).
11. Follow the system prompts to add data, such as title,
message, etc.
12. Press the appropriate softkey to send the pictures and
videos.
Tip:TotakeandsendanewpictureoravideofromMessaging, select
Take New Picture orTakeNewVideo duringstep8above.Thentakethenew
pictureorvideo, andfollowsteps9-12above.
224
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
ManagingSprint PCSPictureMail
UsingtheSprint PCSPictureMailWebsite
Once you have uploaded pictures and videos from your phone
to your online Sprint PCS Picture Mail account at
www.sprint.com/picturemail (see “In Phone Folder and miniSD
Files Options”on page 220), you can use your personal
computer to manage your pictures. From the Sprint PCS
share pictures and videos, edit album titles, add captions, and
organize images. You can even send your pictures to be
printed at participating retail locations.
You will also have access to picture management tools to
improve and customize your pictures. You’ll be able to lighten,
darken, crop, add antique effects, add comic bubbles and
cartoon effects, and use other features to transform your
pictures.
ToaccesstheSprint PCSPictureMailWebsite:
ᮣ
From your computer’s Internet connection, go to
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
225
ViewingSprint PCSPictureMail
When you receive Sprint PCS Picture Mail, its summary is
automatically saved to your Picture Mail folder.The entire
message is saved on the Sprint PCS Picture Mail server.
Toviewtheentiremessage:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Pictures or Messaging.
3. Select PictureMail.
4. Select Inbox, Sent Mail, or SavedMail.
5. Highlight the message you want to display and
press . (To display the message options, press Options
[right softkey].)
Note:Yourreceivedandsent messagesontheserveraredeletedfora
certainfixedtime.The iconappearsthreedaysbeforeit isdeleted.
Toprevent deletion, savethemessageontheserverorinyourphonefrom
themessageoptions.
226
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
ManagingOnlinePicturesandVideosFrom
YourPhone
You can use your phone to manage, edit, or share pictures and
videos you have uploaded to the Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb
Toviewyouronlinepicturesandvideosfromyourphone:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Pictures to access the Picture andVideo menu.
Shortcut:Insteadofsteps1and2above, press
.
3. Select MyAlbums.
4. Select Online Albums.
5. Highlight an album title and press
to display.
6. Press Options (right softkey) to display your online
picture or video options.
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
227
UploadingPicturesandVideos
Touploadpicturesandvideos:
1. Press
to access the Picture andVideo menu.
2. Select MyAlbums.
3. Select InPhone. (Thumbnails will display.)
4. Select the picture(s) and video(s) you wish to upload and
press Options (right softkey).
5. Highlight Upload and press
.
6. Highlight This, Selected, or All and press
.
7. Highlight “Uploads
”
Area and press
.
– or –
Highlight OtherAlbums, press , and then select your
desired album and press
.
DownloadingYourOnlinePicturesandVideos
From your online Sprint PCS Picture Mail albums display at
www.sprint.com/picturemail, you can select pictures and videos
to download to the selected folder.
TodownloadfromtheSprint PCSPictureMailWebsite:
1. From the online pictures display, select the pictures and
videos you wish to download and press Options (right
softkey). (See “Managing Online Pictures andVideos
FromYour Phone”on page 227.)
2. Highlight Saveto.. and press
.
3. Highlight ToPhone or TominiSD and press
.
228
Section 2K: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera
Section 2L
SM
Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ GettingStartedWithSprint PCSReadyLink
MakingandReceivingaSprint PCSReadyLinkCall
AddingandEditingReadyLinkContacts
ErasingReadyLinkList Entries
UpdatingSprint PCSReadyLinkLists
ManagingSprint PCSReadyLinkSettings
YourMM-9000bySanyogivesyoutheabilitytoquickly
connect withotherSprint PCSReadyLinkusersfor
“walkie-talkie-style”communicationfromanywhere,
toanywhereonthenationwideSprint PCSnetwork.
This section explains the features and options of your
Sprint PCSVision Ready Link Phone and Service.
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
229
GettingStartedWithSprint PCS
ReadyLink
Sprint PCS Ready Link allows you to enjoy quick, two-way,
“walkie-talkie-style”communication with your friends,
family, and co-workers. You can make one-to-one or one-to-
many calls (up to five others on the same call) to any other
Sprint PCS Ready Link user, anywhere on the nationwide
Sprint PCS network. You can make and receive Sprint PCS
Ready Link calls when your phone displays the Ready Link icon.
SettingSprint PCSReadyLinkMode
ToenableordisableSprint PCSReadyLinkmode:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
GHI
3. Select ReadyLink (
).
4. Select Enable/Disable (
).
5. Select Enable. (The default is Disable.)
Ⅲ
Enable: Lets you make or receive Sprint PCS Ready
Link calls any time your phone is not in use.
Ⅲ
Disable: Disables your phone’s Sprint PCS Ready Link
service; you will not be able to make or receive
Sprint PCS Ready Link calls or access your Ready Link
contacts.
Tip:Ifyouhaven’t signedupfortheSprint PCSReadyLinkserviceand
Sprint PCSReadyLinkmodeisset toDisable, ortheSprint PCSReadyLink
serviceislocked, youcanusetheReadyLink/RecorderButtonasaVoice
Recorderbuttoninstandbymode.
230
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
PreparingYourPhoneforSprint PCS
ReadyLinkService
Every time you turn on your phone, your phone will identify
itself and make itself available to the Ready Link network.
WhentheReadyLinkiconappearsonthedisplay, yourphoneis
ready to make and receive Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.
ReadyLinkCallAlerts
There are several ways your phone alerts you during
Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.
When you make or receive a Sprint PCS Ready Link call:
ⅷ
The phone sounds (depending on the RingerType and
RingerVolume setting).
ⅷ
The backlight illuminates.
ⅷ
The screen displays a Sprint PCS Ready Link call message.
ⅷ
The other party’s Sprint PCS Ready Link number and name
(if available) are displayed.
ⅷ
The screen displays who has the floor.
The status of a Sprint PCS Ready Link call is displayed as
follows:
ⅷ
The Green LED On indicates you have the floor and may
speak.
ⅷ
The Red LED On indicates another contact has the floor.
ⅷ
The LED Off indicates the floor is open. (You can take the
floor and speak by pressing and holding
.)
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
231
MainLCDDisplayduringaReadyLinkCall
Sprint PCS Ready Link Main Screen
Redial Contact
Current List
Contact Names
Go to (left softkey)
Options (right softkey)
Sprint PCS Ready Link In-Call Screen
Contact Name
R-Link Number
Floor Status
232
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
MakingandReceivingaSprint PCS
ReadyLinkCall
DisplayingtheSprint PCSReadyLinkList
ᮣ
From standby mode, press the Ready Link/Recorder
button on the side of your phone (
Sprint PCS Ready Link List.
) to access the
Tip:Thefirst timeyouaccessthelist, theSprint PCSReadyLinkHelp
messagewillappear. PressYes (left softkey)andNext (left softkey)toreada
briefintroductiontoSprint PCSReadyLink.
SelectingaContactsList
WhenyourphonedisplaysaSprint PCSReadyLinkList, theleft
softkeyislabeledGoto.ToswitchtoanotherContactslist, press
Goto (left softkey), highlight yourdesiredlist, andpress
.
ⅷ
CompanyList/CompanyGrps. contain company-provided
contacts (up to 200 entries each). Your company list can
only be created and modified by an authorized
administrator on the Sprint PCS Ready Link server. When
the lists are empty, Company List/Company Groups will
not appear on the display.
ⅷ
PersonalList/PersonalGrps. contain your personal Ready
Link contact names and numbers, separately or in groups.
You can create and edit your own Personal List. Your phone
can store a total of 200 entries (you may include up to five
contacts per group).
ⅷ
Outgoing shows the last 20 different Sprint PCS Ready Link
calls you placed.
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
233
ⅷ
ⅷ
Incoming shows the last 20 different Sprint PCS Ready Link
calls you accepted.
Missed shows the last 20 Sprint PCS Ready Link calls you
missed.
Note:The iconnext tothegroupnameindicatesagroup.
MakingaSprint PCSReadyLinkCall
(One-to-OneCall)
You can place a one-to-one Sprint PCS Ready Link call by
selecting a contact from the Sprint PCS Ready Link List.
ToplaceaSprint PCSReadyLinkcallbyselectingacontact:
1. Press
.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight the list from which
you want to place a call (CompanyList, PersonalList,
Outgoing, Incoming, or Missed), and press
.
Tip:Youcanalsoselect EnterR-Link# fromtheGotooptiontoentera
Sprint PCSReadyLinknumberdirectly. (Seepage237fordetails.)
3. Scroll to the contact you want to call, and press and
hold
to place the call and take the floor. (You will
see “R-Link calling...”and “Connecting...”followed by
“You have floor.”You can now begin speaking.)
– or –
Scroll to the contact you want to call and press and
release
to place the call. (The call will connect as
described above, but “Floor is open.”will appear on the
screen and either you or your contact may press and hold
to take the floor and speak.)
234
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
Note:DuringaSprint PCSReadyLinkcall, the“floor”istheright tospeak.
Whenyousee“Floorisopen.,”thefirst persontopresstheReady
Link/Recorderbuttoncanspeak(whileholdingthebutton). Onlytheperson
whohasthefloorcanspeak.ThephonebeepsifyoupresstheReadyLink
buttonwhenanothercontact hasthefloor.
4. Continue holding
as you speak. (When you are
to allow the other
finished speaking, release
contact to speak. When the other party takes the floor,
you will see the speaker’s name and phone number and
the text “has floor.”)
5. When you are finished, press
.
Note:WhenneitherpartyhasthefloorduringaSprint PCSReadyLinkcall,
“Floorisopen.”appearsonthedisplay. Ifnoonetakesthefloorfor20
seconds, theSprint PCSReadyLinkcallendsautomatically.
Tip:Ifyoupress
or
duringstep3, youcanmakeastandard
voicecall.
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
235
MakingaSprint PCSReadyLinkCall
(GroupCall)
You can make a Sprint PCS Ready Link call to all members in a
Group entry, which you have in your Sprint PCS Ready Link List.
You can communicate with up to five members at a time.
ToplaceaSprint PCSReadyLinkGroupcall:
1. Press
.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight the list from which
you want to make a Group call (CompanyGrps. or
PersonalGrps.), and press
3. Scroll to the group you want to call, and press and
hold to place the call and take the floor. (You will
.
see “R-Link calling...”and “Connecting...”followed by
“You have floor.”Continue with the Sprint PCS Ready
Link call as described previously.)
Ⅲ
To make a Sprint PCS Ready Link call to a group
member, select your desired group, highlight your
desired group member, and press and hold
.
4. When the call is finished, press
.
Tip:ThephonebeepsifyoupresstheReadyLinkbuttonwhenanother
contact hasthefloor.
Tip:Toredialyourlast Sprint PCSReadyLinkcall, highlight Redial and
press
fromtheSprint PCSReadyLinkList.
236
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
MakingaSprint PCSReadyLinkCallbyEnteringa
Number
ToplaceaSprint PCSReadyLinkcallbyenteringanumber:
1. From standby mode, enter the Sprint PCS Ready Link
number you want to dial.
2. Press
to place the Sprint PCS Ready Link call.
to take the floor and speak.
Continue holding
3. Continue with the Sprint PCS Ready Link call, pressing
and holding
to speak and releasing it to allow
others to reply.
4. When the call is finished, press
.
– or –
1. Press
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight EnterR-Link# and
press
.
.
3. Enter the Sprint PCS Ready Link number you want to dial.
4. Follow steps 2-4 above.
Note:Sprint PCSReadyLinknumbersmust containtendigits(areacode+
phonenumber).YourSprint PCSReadyLinknumberisthesameasyour
Sprint PCSPhonenumber.
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
237
MissedCallNotificationforSprint PCS
ReadyLinkCalls
When an incoming Sprint PCS Ready Link call is not answered,
the Missed Call Notification and the icon are displayed on
your screen.
Tocallthelast MissedSprint PCSReadyLinkcall:
ᮣ
Simply press
while the Missed Call Notification is
displayed. (Continue with the Sprint PCS Ready Link call
as described previously.)
ToerasetheMissedCalllog:
ᮣ
Press Dismiss (right softkey).
238
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
ReceivingaSprint PCSReadyLinkCall
ToreceiveaSprint PCSReadyLinkcall:
1. Make sure your phone’s Sprint PCS Ready Link mode is
enabled (see “Setting Sprint PCS Ready Link Mode”on
page 230).
2. When you receive a Sprint PCS Ready Link call from a
contact, “R-Link Call,”the contact’s name, and the
Sprint PCS Ready Link number appear on the display.
(You do not need to take any action to answer the call.)
Ⅲ
When you receive a group call, “Group Call,”the
group member’s name, and the Sprint PCS Ready
Link number appear.
3. If the person placing the call has kept the floor (held the
Ready Link/Recorder button), you will see the contact
name and Sprint PCS Ready Link number along with “has
floor,”and you will hear the caller speaking.
4. When the caller finishes speaking and releases
will see “Floor is open.”on the display screen. Press and
hold to take the floor and reply to the caller. (You
, you
will see “You have floor.”and hear a tone confirming that
you may speak.)
5. When the conversation is finished, press
.
Tip:YoucanalsoreceiveaSprint PCSReadyLinkcallwiththeflipclosed. Press
andholdtheReadyLinkbuttontotakethefloorwhenthefloorisopen.
Note:Youcanchangethevolumeandthespeakersettingduringa
Sprint PCSReadyLinkcall. Volume: Adjust thevoicevolumebyusingtheSide
Volumekeyorbypressingthenavigationkeyupordownexcept whenyou
arepressingandholdingtheReadyLinkbutton. Speaker: Switchthespeaker
onoroffbypressingtheSpeakerbutton(
).
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
239
Sprint PCSReadyLinkOptions
When you use Sprint PCS Ready Link, several user options are
available by pressing Options (right softkey).To select an
option, highlight it and press
.
ⅷ
Edit to edit a Sprint PCS Ready Link number and/or name.
ⅷ
ⅷ
SendMessage to send a text or voice message, picture, or
video.
CopytoPersonal to copy a contact to the Personal List.
CopyGroup appears when you copy a Company Group to
the Personal Group List.
ⅷ
ⅷ
CopytoPh. Book to copy a contact to the Contacts list.
Erase to erase a contact. EraseGroup appears when you
highlight a group.
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
AddContact to add a new contact. AddGroup appears
when you highlight a group list. (See page 243 for details.)
EraseR-LinkList to erase entries saved in the Sprint PCS
Ready Link List (except Company List/Company Groups).
Help to see the Sprint PCS Ready Link instruction page.
240
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
AddingandEditingReadyLinkContacts
CopyinganEntrytoYourPersonalList or
PersonalGroupList
You can copy an entry to your Personal Lists from several
different sources. If the selected entry is already stored in the
Personal Lists, the “copy”option does not appear.
TocopyanentryfromtheSprint PCSReadyLinkList:
1. Press
.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight the list from which
you want to copy an entry (CompanyList, CompanyGrps.,
PersonalGrps., Outgoing, Incoming, or Missed), and press
.
3. Select the entry you want to copy and press Options
(right softkey). Highlight CopytoPersonal or
CopyGroup, and press
.
4. If the entry has no name, enter a name.
5. Press Yes (left softkey) to copy and save the entry to your
Personal List or Personal Group List.
Note:YourCompanyListscanonlybeset upandeditedbyanadministrator
ontheSprint PCSReadyLinkserver.Youcannot addoredit contacts/groups
toyourCompanyLists.
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
241
SavingaSprint PCSReadyLinkNumber
You can save a Sprint PCS Ready Link number from the ending
display to your Personal Lists.
Tosavethenumber:
1. From the end display, press Save (right softkey).
2. Enter a name and press OK (left softkey).
3. Press Save (left softkey).
4. Press Yes (left softkey).
Note:IfthenumberisalreadystoredinthePersonalList orPersonalGroups,
the“Save”softkeydoesnot appear.
FindinganEntryintheSprint PCSReadyLinkList
You can find your desired entry by entering a few letters.
TofindaSprint PCSReadyLinkentry:
1. Press
.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight your desired list
(CompanyList, CompanyGrps., PersonalList, or
PersonalGrps.), and press
.
3. Enter the first letter or the first few letters of the name.
Ⅲ
The display shows the list beginning with the
letter(s) you entered.
4. Scroll through the list and press
to select your
desired entry.
242
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
AddingaNewContact toYourPersonalList
You can store a total of 200 entries in the Personal Lists.
ToaddanewSprint PCSReadyLinkcontact:
1. Press
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight PersonalList, and
press
.
.
3. Select <AddContact>.
4. Enter a name for the new contact and press
.
(This is the name you will see when calling or receiving a
call from the contact.)
5. Select R-LinkNumber, enter the contact’s 10-digit
Sprint PCS Ready Link number (their Sprint PCS Phone
number) and press OK (left softkey).
6. Press Save (left softkey) to save the new contact to your
Personal List.
Tip:Youarenot allowedtousethefollowingsymbolsduringstep4:
@ : ; / * ) (.
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
243
AddingaNewGrouptoYourPersonal
GroupList
You can add new groups to the Personal Group List. Each
group can include up to five members. You can enter a group
member directly or select the member from the Company List
or Personal List.
ToaddanewSprint PCSReadyLinkgroupentry:
1. Press
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight PersonalGrps., and
press
.
.
3. Select <AddGroup>.
4. Enter a Group Name, press , and press Next (left
softkey).
5. To add contacts to the group, press Add (right softkey).
6. Highlight one item from the following and press
:
Ⅲ
New to add a new contact. (See page 243 for details.)
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
fromCompany to add a contact from your Company
List (if applicable).
fromPersonalto add a contact from your Personal
List.
7. Scroll to the contacts you want to add and press
Pick (right softkey) to include the entries.
or
8. PressDone(left softkey)whenyouarefinishedselecting
contacts, thenpressUpdate(left softkey)toupdateyour
PersonalGroupList withthenewgroupentry.
Tip:Toaddmembersdirectly, select <AddMembers> duringstep5.
244
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
EditingaContact inYourPersonalList
Toedit aPersonalList contact:
1. Press
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight PersonalList, and
press
.
.
3. Scroll to the entry you want to edit and press Options
(right softkey).
4. Highlight Edit and press
5. Select thefieldyouwant toedit (Name or R-LinkNumber),
and press
.
.
6. Edit the entry, press OK (left softkey), and press Save (left
softkey) to save your changes.
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
245
EditingaGroupinYourPersonalGroupList
Toedit agroupname:
1. Press
2. Press Goto (left softkey), then highlight PersonalGrps.
and press
.
.
3. Scroll to the group entry you want to edit and press
Options (right softkey).
4. Highlight Edit and press
.
5. Edit the group name and press OK (left softkey).
Tip:Ifyoudon’t needtoedit thegroupname, pressNext (left softkey)during
step5aboveandskipstep6.
6. Press Save (left softkey) to save your changes.
7. To edit a group member, scroll to the contact you want to
edit and press Options (right softkey).
Ⅲ
Edit to edit a group member’s name and phone
number.
Ⅲ
Erase to erase the group member.
Ⅲ
AddNew to add a new group member.
Ⅲ
Add(Company) to add a new group member from
the Company List (if applicable).
Ⅲ
Add(Personal) to add a new group member from the
Personal List.
Ⅲ
Details to display a group member’s information.
246
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
8. Highlight Edit and press
9. Select thefieldyouwant toedit (Name or R-LinkNumber)
and press
.
.
10. Edit the entry, press OK (left softkey), and press Save
(left softkey) to save your changes.
11. Press Update (left softkey) to update your Personal
Group List.
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
247
ErasingReadyLinkList Entries
ErasinganEntryinYourPersonalList orPersonal
GroupList
Toeraseacontact oragroup:
1. From the Sprint PCS Ready Link List, press Goto (left
softkey), then highlight PersonalList or PersonalGrps.
and press
.
2. Scroll to the entry you want to erase and press Options
(right softkey).
3. Highlight Erase and press
.
Ⅲ
EraseGroup appears when you select Personal
Groups.
4. Select Yes.
Toeraseagroupmember:
1. From the Sprint PCS Ready Link List, press Goto (left
softkey), then highlight PersonalGrps. and press
.
2. Scroll to your desired group and press
to display the
group members.
3. Select the contact you want to erase and press Options
(right softkey).
4. Highlight Erase and press
.
5. Select Yes.
6. Press Update (left softkey) to update your Personal
Group List.
248
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
ErasingaSprint PCSReadyLinkList
You can erase all entries saved in the Sprint PCS Ready Link List
(except Company List/Company Groups).
ToeraseaSprint PCSReadyLinkList:
1. From the Sprint PCS Ready Link List, press Options (right
softkey).
2. Highlight EraseR-LinkList and press
.
3. Select your desired option and press
.
Ⅲ
Outgoing to erase all outgoing Sprint PCS Ready Link
calls.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Incoming to erase all incoming Sprint PCS Ready Link
calls.
Missed to erase all missed Sprint PCS Ready Link
calls.
AllCallsto erase all Sprint PCS Ready Link call history,
except redial.
AllPersonalEnt. to erase all entries in Personal List
and Personal Groups. You are prompted to enter
your 4-digit lock code.
4. Select Yes.
Tip:TheRedialnumberwillnot beerased.
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
249
UpdatingSprint PCSReadyLinkLists
UpdatingtheCompanyListandPersonalList
ToupdateyourCompanyList andPersonalList manuallythrough
theSprint PCSReadyLinkserver:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
GHI
3. Select ReadyLink (
4. Select List Update (
).
).
ABC
ManagingSprint PCSReadyLinkSettings
AssigningSpeedDialingforSprint PCSReadyLink
Entries
ToassignSpeedDialingforSprint PCSReadyLinkentries:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Contacts.
ABC
3. Select SpeedDial#s (
).
4. Select an unassigned number.
Ⅲ
When you highlight an assigned number and
press , you’ll be asked whether you want to
overwrite the assigned number. Select Yes or No,
or you can also select Reset to cancel the stored
speed dial.
250
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
5. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight the list from which you
want to set a speed dial (CompanyList, CompanyGrps.,
PersonalList, or PersonalGrps.), and press
.
6. Select the contact.
– or –
Select the group and press , then highlight an option
and press
.
Ⅲ
Assign to assign the selected group as a speed dial.
Ⅲ
Details to display the group details. You can select
the group member from the group list.
TouseSpeedDialforaSprint PCSReadyLinkentry:
ᮣ
From standby mode, press the appropriate speed dial
key (locations 2-9) and press
.
RestartingtheReadyLinkService
Torestart theSprint PCSReadyLinkservice:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
GHI
3. Select ReadyLink (
).
TUV
4. Select Restart (
).
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
251
SettingReadyLinkGuard
This feature enables you to display the warning message
when you cannot receive Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.
The warning message will appear when you are launching a
Web or Java application or sending or uploading your pictures
and videos.
Toset theReadyLinkGuard:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
GHI
3. Select ReadyLink (
).
PQRS
4. Select R-LinkGuard (
). (A message will appear.)
5. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.
6. Select On. (Select Offto deactivate this feature.)
SettingRingerTypesforSprint PCSReadyLinkCalls
Your Sprint PCS Phone provides a variety of ringer types that
allow you to customize your ringer.
Toselect aringertypeforSprint PCSReadyLinkcalls:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
GHI
3. Select ReadyLink (
).
DEF
4. Select Sounds (
).
5. Select RingerType (
).
6. Select ReadyLinkCalls, R-LinkMissed, or
R-LinkFloorTone.
7. Scroll to your desired ringer type and press
.
252
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
SettingVibratePatternforSprint PCS
ReadyLinkCalls
You can select your favorite vibrate pattern for Sprint PCS
Ready Link calls.
Toselect thevibratepatternforSprint PCSReadyLinkcalls:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
GHI
3. Select ReadyLink (
).
DEF
4. Select Sounds (
).
ABC
5. Select VibratePattern (
).
6. Select ReadyLinkCalls or R-LinkMissed.
7. Scroll to your desired vibrate type and press
.
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
253
SettinganAlert NotificationforSprint PCS
ReadyLinkCalls
Your phone can alert you with an audible tone when you
receive a Sprint PCS Ready Link call.
Toset alertsforSprint PCSReadyLinkcalls:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
GHI
3. Select ReadyLink (
).
DEF
4. Select Sounds (
).
DEF
5. Select Alerts (
).
6. Select an option from the following.
Ⅲ
ReadyLinkCalls to notify you when you receive a
Ready Link call.
Ⅲ
R-LinkMissed to notify you when you missed a Ready
Link call.
Ⅲ
Headset Alert to notify you when you take the floor
during Ready Link call with your headset.
7. Use the navigation key to select your desired option.
Tip:Headset Alert settingisavailablewhentheTurboButtonsettingis
ReadyLink. See“Headset Mode”onpage85.
254
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
SettingtheSpeakerphoneforSprint PCS
ReadyLinkCalls
You can set the speakerphone on or off when Sprint PCS Ready
Link is activated. By default, the speakerphone is set to on.
Toset thespeakerphoneonoroff:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
GHI
3. Select ReadyLink (
).
GHI
4. Select Speakerphone (
).
5. Select On or Off.
Note:If the phone’s ringer volume is set toVibrate, Ringer off, or Silence
All, the speakerphone turns off. Press
to turn the speakerphone
mode on.
SettingtheDefaultViewoftheSprint PCS
ReadyLinkList
You can select the default Sprint PCS Ready Link List when
Sprint PCS Ready Link is launched.
Toselect thedefault viewoftheSprint PCSReadyLinkList:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
GHI
3. Select ReadyLink (
).
JKL
4. Select DefaultView(
). (The default setting is
PersonalList.)
5. Select your desired list.
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
255
SettingtheFloorDisplayoftheSprint PCS
ReadyLinkCalls
With this feature, you can select the floor display during
Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.
Toselect thefloordisplay:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
GHI
3. Select ReadyLink (
).
MNO
4. Select FloorDisplay (
).
5. Select your desired display.
256
Section 2L: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link
Section 2M
Using Your Phone’s Built-In
Media Player
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ YourMultimediaChannelOptions
AccessingYourMediaPlayer’sChannelListings
PlayingaVideoorAudioClip
MultimediaFAQs
YourSprint PowerVisionMultimediaPhone’sbuilt-inmedia
playergivesyoutheabilitytolistentoaudioclipsandview
videoclipsright fromyourphone’sdisplay. It’s a great way to
stay up-to-date with news, weather, and sports
information while also enjoying the latest blockbuster
movie trailers or music videos – anywhere, anytime on the
nationwide Sprint PCS network. Just access your media
player from your phone’s main menu, scroll to your choice
of channel, and select one of the videos or audio clips to
play. It’s like having aTV in the palm of your hand.
This section explains the features and options of your
phone’s built-in media player.
Section 2M: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Media Player
257
YourMultimediaChannelOptions
Sprint PCSVision Multimedia Service offers a variety of
accessible audio or video channels, depending on your Sprint
PCS Service Plan and multimedia subscriptions. Your
subscription options include a comprehensive basic service as
well as a full menu of a variety of additional channel options.
ⅷ
PreviewChannel:This free channel lets you sample clips
from all of the available channels before you make a
decision to subscribe. It’s like viewing the movie preview
before deciding whether you want to spend the money to
go see the full motion picture.
SM
ⅷ
SprintTV :This comprehensive basic service gives you
access to a variety of content from familiar brands.Think
of it as “basic cable”for your phone. It allows you
unlimited access to this content as long as you continue to
pay the monthly subscription fee.
ⅷ
AvailableIndividualChannelOptions:You also have the
option of subscribing to individual channels from an
extensive menu offering.These channels are available for
a monthly subscription fee and allow you unlimited
access as long as you continue to pay your monthly
subscription fee.
up-to-date Channel Guide, giving you an explanation of the
available channels as well as information on subscription
rates.
258
Section 2M: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Media Player
AccessingYourMediaPlayer’sChannel
Listings
It’s easy to access and view the multimedia Channel Listings
on your MM-9000 by Sanyo from the phone’s main menu.
ToaccessyourmediaplayerandChannelListings:
1. Press
from standby mode to display the phone’s
main menu.
2. Select MediaPlayer.
3. Select ChannelListing. Your Channel Listings will display,
divided into the following two sections:
Ⅲ
MyChannels:These include the complimentary
Previews channel that Sprint provides, as well as any
available individual channels for which you have
purchased access. If you have purchased Sprint TV,
either through a Sprint TVVision Plan subscription
or by purchasing it separately, it will be displayed
here.
Ⅲ
AvailableChannels:These are channels that have not
yet been purchased but are available to access for a
monthly subscription fee. Use your navigation key to
scroll through and select a channel, and follow the
onscreen instructions to purchase access to it. Upon
purchasing access to one of these channels, the
channel will be listed, along with its corresponding
channel number, in the MyChannels section of your
media player’s Channel Listings. You will see it
displayed in this section the next time you access
your phone’s media player.
Section 2M: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Media Player
259
PlayingaVideoorAudioClip
Toselect andplayamediaclip:
1. Press
from standby mode to display the phone’s
main menu.
2. Select MediaPlayer. (The selection menu will display.)
Ⅲ
ChannelListing todisplayyourchannelListing.
Ⅲ
miniSD toaccesstheMediafolderintheminiSD
(seepage188fordetails).
3. Select ChannelListing.
4. Useyourkeypadtoenterachannelnumber(oruseyour
navigationkeytoscrolltoachannelandpress ).
Ⅲ
MyChannels: Ifyouhaveselectedachannelthat
you’vealreadysignedupfor(orifit’sachannelwith
nomonthlyfee), youwillseealist ofavailableclips.
Ⅲ
AvailableChannels: Ifyouhaveselectedachannelyou
havenot yet signedupfor, youwillbepromptedto
accept thecorrespondingmonthlycharge. Followthe
onscreenpromptstosubscribetotheselectedchannel.
(Alist ofavailableclipswilldisplay.)
5. Scroll to the clip you would like to play and press Select
(left softkey) or . (The clip will automatically load and
begin playing.)
Note:Thefirst timeyouaccessoneofyourAvailableChannels, youwillbe
promptedtoaccept thecorrespondingmonthlyfee(unlessit’sachannel
that doesn’t haveanassociatedmonthlyfee). Acceptingthechargegives
youaccesstothechannelforaslongasyoucontinuetopaythemonthlyfee.
Ifyouaccept thefee, thenext timeyouaccessyourphone’smediaplayer,
thischannelwillappearintheMyChannelssectionofyourChannelListings.
260
Section 2M: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Media Player
Tip:Whenenteringthespecificchannelnumber, channels01-09donot
requireyoutoentera“0.”Forexample, toaccesschannel“07,”just pressthe
“7”key.
MultimediaFAQs
1. Howdoesmyphone’sMultimediaServicedifferfrom
VideoMail?
Multimedia Service lets you access high-quality video
and audio clips provided by external sources.Video Mail
lets you capture, upload and share videos that you
personally create with your phone’s built-in camcorder.
2. WillIknowifI’mreceivinganincomingcallwhileI’m
viewingorlisteningtoanaudioclip?
No. Incoming calls will roll into voicemail while you
are playing a clip. If the caller leaves a voicemail, the
voicemail icon will appear on the screen.
3. Howlongaretheclips?WillIknowtheestimatedtimeit
willtaketoplaytheclippriortoaccessingit?
Once you have selected a channel, you will see a listing of
the available clips, with the clip’s length appearing after
the clip’s title (if available). In general, a clip’s duration
will depend on the story or content being provided, and
can be fairly short or as long as a few minutes.
4. CanIaccessamultimediaclipwhereverIam, aslongasI
havemyphone?
As long as you are on the nationwide Sprint PCS network,
you will have access to the audio and video clips.
Note:MultimediaServicedoesnot workwhereserviceisunavailable.
Section 2M: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Media Player
261
5. Arethevideosthat I’mviewing“live”videos?
It depends on the content provider. Some of the
channels available through Sprint TV stream live
content. Others provide media on demand with video
and audio clips that are refreshed throughout the day,
but that are not “live.”
6. AfterpurchasingaccesstoanAvailableChannelfora
monthlyfee,doIreceiveanyconfirmation?That is,howdo
Iknowit hasbeenpurchased?
The next time you access your media player’s Channel
Listings, the purchased channel title and corresponding
number will appear in the My Channels section.
7. Whyaresomechannelsalreadypre-loadedintotheMy
Channelssection?
Some channels, such as Previews, are offered free of
charge as a customer courtesy.These channels
automatically appear in the My Channels section of your
Channel Listings.
8. IfIdon’t subscribetoSprint PCSVisionPlan, amIstillableto
viewthemultimediaclips?
Yes; for information about service access charges, please
9. HowcanIeasilyaccessachannelwithout havingtoscroll
throughallthechannelsinmyChannelListings?
Each channel will have a number to the left of it. You can
simply press this number to quickly access the clips
located within that channel.
Tip:Whenenteringthespecificchannelnumber, channels01-09donot
requireyoutoentera“0.”Forexample, toaccesschannel“07,”just pressthe
“7”key.
262
Section 2M: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Media Player
10. What doesit meanwhenthevideopausesandIseethe
word“loading”at thebottomofthescreen?
This happens when the media player is in the process of
loading the data necessary to play the clip. It typically
occurs when there is heavy traffic on the network.
11. HowcanIcancelserviceifIdecideIdon’t want it?
and sign on to MyPCS with your account number and
password. From this page you have the ability to cancel
the service and/or any Available Channels to which you
subscribe.
12. IfIplacemystereoheadphonesonandinsert themintothe
phone’sheadset jack, canIclosetheflipwhileIamplaying
anaudio(orvideo)clipwithout interruptingtheclip?
Yes. When you insert your stereo headset into the
phone’s headset jack, the phone automatically goes into
“headset mode,”allowing you to close the flip and
continue playing the clip (likewise, if your phone is in
“headset mode,”a phone call will not become
disconnected by closing the flip).
13. CanIsurftoadifferent channelwhileIamplayingaclip?
Yes; while you are playing a clip, you can use the up and
down navigation key to surf to a different channel. A
small pop-up screen will appear that tells you which
channel you are watching as well as other channels you
have access to. Use the navigation key to scroll through
the different channels. Once you find a channel that you
want to watch, scroll to it and press
(or simply wait
approximately three seconds) and the channel will
begin loading.
Section 2M: UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Media Player
263
264
Section 3
Sprint PCS Service Features
266
Section 3A
Sprint PCS Service Features:
The Basics
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ UsingVoicemail
UsingText SMSMessaging
UsingVoiceSMSMessaging
UsingCallerID
RespondingtoCallWaiting
MakingaThree-WayCall
UsingCallForwarding
Nowthatyou’vemasteredyourphone’sfundamentals,it’stime
toexplorethecallingfeaturesthatenhanceyourSprintPCS
Service.This section outlines your basic Sprint PCS Service
features.
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
267
UsingVoicemail
SettingUpYourVoicemail
All unanswered calls to your Sprint PCS Phone are
automatically transferred to your voicemail, even if your
phone is in use or turned off.Therefore, you will want to set up
your Sprint PCSVoicemail and personal greeting as soon as
your phone is activated.
Toset upyourvoicemail:
1. Press and hold
.
2. Follow the system prompts to:
Ⅲ
Create your pass code
Ⅲ
Record your greeting
Ⅲ
Record your name announcement
Ⅲ
Choose whether or not to activate One-Touch
Message Access (a feature that lets you access
messages simply by pressing and holding
,
bypassing the need for you to enter your pass code).
Note:Ifyouareconcernedabout unauthorizedaccesstoyourvoicemail
account, Sprint recommendsyouenableyourvoicemailpasscode.
268
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
VoicemailNotification
There are several ways your Sprint PCS Phone alerts you of a
new message:
ⅷ
By displaying a message on the screen.
ⅷ
By sounding the assigned ringer type.
ⅷ
By the LED blinking red.
ⅷ
By displaying at the top of your screen.
NewVoicemailMessageAlerts
When you receive a new voice message, your phone alerts you
and prompts you to call your voicemail.
Tocallyourvoicemail:
ᮣ
Press
.
To display your Missed Log:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select MissedAlerts.
Important:WhenyouareroamingoffthenationwideSprint PCS
network, youmaynot receivenotificationofnewvoicemailmessages. It is
recommendedthat youperiodicallycheckyourvoicemailbydialing
1+areacode+yourSprint PCSPhonenumber.Whenyourvoicemail
Shift
answers, press
andenteryourpasscode.Youwillbechargedroaming
rateswhenaccessingvoicemailwhileroamingoffthenationwide
Sprint PCSnetwork.
Note:Yourphoneacceptsmessagesevenwhenit isturnedoff. However,
youareonlynotifiedofnewmessageswhenyourphoneisturnedonand
youareinaSprint PCSServiceArea.
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
269
RetrievingYourVoicemailMessages
You can review your messages directly from your
Sprint PCS Phone or from any other touch-tone phone.
To dial from your Sprint PCS Phone, you can either speed dial
your voicemail or use the menu keys.
UsingOne-TouchMessageAccess
ᮣ
Press and hold
box.)
. (Your phone will dial your voicemail
UsingtheMenuKeysonYourPhonetoAccessYour
Messages
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging.
3. Select Voicemail.
ABC
4. Select CallVoicemail (
) or Call:SpeakerOn (
) to
listen to your messages.
Note:Youarechargedforairtimeminuteswhenyouareaccessingyour
voicemailfromyourSprint PCSPhone.
270
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
UsingaPhoneOtherThanYourSprint PCSPhonetoAccess
Messages
1. Dial your Sprint PCS Phone number.
Shift
2. When your voicemail answers, press
.
3. Enter your pass code.
Tip:Whenyoucallintovoicemail, youfirst heartheheaderinformation
(date, time, andsenderinformation)forthemessage.Toskipdirectlytothe
GHI
message, press
duringtheheader.
VoicemailButtonGuide
Here’s a quick guide to your keypad functions while listening
to voicemail messages. For further details and menu options,
see “Voicemail Menu Key”on page 276.
ABC
DEF
Date/Time
SendReply
Advance
GHI
JKL
MNO
Replay
Rewind
Forward
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
Erase
CallBack
Save
Space
Shift
Cancel
Help
Skip
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
271
VoicemailOptions
Your Sprint PCS Phone offers several options for organizing
and accessing your voicemail.
UsingExpert Mode
Using the Expert Mode setting for your personal voicemail
box helps you navigate through the voicemail system more
quickly by shortening the voice prompts you hear at each
level.
ToturnExpert Modeonoroff:
1. Press and hold
to access your voicemail. (If your
voicemail box contains any new or saved messages,
Shift
press
to access the main voicemail menu.)
DEF
2. Press
to change your Personal Options, following
the system prompts.
GHI
3. Press
4. Press
for Expert Mode.
to turn Expert Mode on or off.
SettingUpGroupDistributionLists
Create up to 20 separate group lists, each with up to 20
customers.
1. Press and hold
to access your voicemail. (If your
voicemail box contains any new or saved messages,
Shift
press
to access the main voicemail menu.)
DEF
2. Press
to change your Personal Options, following
the system prompts.
ABC
3. Press
for Administrative Options.
272
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
JKL
4. Press
for Group Distribution Lists.
5. Follow the voice prompts to create, edit, rename, or
delete group lists.
Sprint PCSCallback
Return a call after listening to a message without
disconnecting from voicemail.
TUV
ᮣ
Press
after listening to a message. (Once the call is
complete, you’re returned to the voicemail main menu.)
Voicemail-to-VoicemailMessage
Record and send a voice message to other Sprint PCS
Voicemail users.
ABC
1. From the main voicemail menu, press
to send a
message.
2. Follow the voice prompts to enter the phone number.
3. Follow the voice prompts to record and send your voice
message.
Voicemail-to-VoicemailMessageReply
Reply to a voice message received from any other
Sprint PCSVoicemail user.
ABC
1. After listening to a voice message, press
.
2. Follow the voice prompts to record and send your reply.
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
273
Voicemail-to-VoicemailMessageForwarding
Forward a voice message, except those marked “Private,”to
other Sprint PCSVoicemail users.
MNO
1. After listening to a message, press
.
2. Follow the voice prompts to enter the phone number.
3. Follow the voice prompts to record your introduction
and forward the voice message.
Voicemail-to-VoicemailReceipt Request
Receive confirmation that your voice message has been
listened to when you send, forward, or reply to other
Sprint PCS users.
1. After you have recorded a message, press
to
indicate you are satisfied with the message you
recorded.
GHI
2. Press
3. Press
to mark receipt requested.
to send your voicemail message.
ContinueRecording
When leaving a voice message, you can choose to continue
recording even after you’ve stopped.
ᮣ
Before pressing
to indicate that you are satisfied
GHI
with the message you recorded, press
recording.
to continue
274
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
ExtendedAbsenceGreeting
When your phone is turned off or you are off the nationwide
Sprint PCS network for an extended period, this greeting can
be played instead of your normal personal greeting.
DEF
1. From the main voicemail menu, press
for Personal
Options.
DEF
2. Press
for Greetings.
to record an Extended Absence Greeting.
DEF
3. Press
ClearingtheMessageIcon
Your phone may temporarily continue to display the message
icon after you have checked your text and voice messages.
Tocleartheiconfromthedisplayscreen:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging.
3. Select Voicemail.
4. Select ClearCount (
5. Select Yes.
GHI
).
Note:Ifavoicemailisnot checked, themessageiconwillnot beerasedwith
theClearCount stepabove.
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
275
VoicemailMenuKey
Following the prompts on the voicemail system, you can use
your keypad to navigate through the voicemail menu.The
following list outlines your phone’s voicemail menu structure.
Listen
EnvelopeInformation
ABC
Reply
DEF
Advance8Seconds
GHI
Replay
JKL
Rewind
MNO
ForwardMessage
PQRS
Erase
TUV
Callback
WXYZ
Save
Options
ABC
SendaMessage
DEF
PersonalOptions
NotificationOptions
PhoneNotification
ABC
NumericPagingtoaSprint PCSPhone
Shift
ReturntoPersonalOptionsMenu
ABC
AdministrativeOptions
SkipPasscode
ABC
Autoplay
DEF
MessageDate&TimeOn/Off
GHI
ChangePasscode
JKL
GroupDistributionList
Shift
ReturntoPersonalOptionsMenu
276
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
DEF
Greetings
PersonalGreetings
ABC
NameAnnouncement
DEF
ExtendedAbsenceGreeting
ReturntoPersonalOptionsMenu
Shift
GHI
Expert Mode(On/Off)
TUV
Shift
PlaceaCall
Disconnect
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
277
UsingText SMSMessaging
WithText SMS Messaging, you can use a person’s wireless
phone number to send instant text messages from your
Sprint PCS Phone to their messaging-ready phone – and they
can send messages to you. When you receive a new message,
it will automatically display on your phone’s screen. (See
“Displaying Pop-up Messages”on page 70.)
In addition,Text SMS Messaging includes a variety of preset
messages, such as “Can’t talk right now. Send me a message.”
that make composing messages fast and easy.You can also
customize your own preset messages (up to 50 characters)
from your Sprint PCS Phone.
DisplayingaText Message
TodisplayaText SMSmessagefromthemainmenu:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging.
3. Select Text.
4. Select Inbox, Sent Mail, Pending, Drafts, or your defined
folder and press . ( indicates an unread message.)
5. Highlight the message you want to display and
press . (To display the message options, press Options
[right softkey].)
278
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
ComposingText SMSMessages
TocomposeaText SMSmessage:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging.
3. Select SendMessage.
4. Select Text.
5. Select PhoneBookEntry, Mobile or Email to select or
enter recipients.
Tip:PressOthers (right softkey)toselect recipientsfromyourdesiredlist
duringstep5above(ifapplicable).
6. Press Next (left softkey) when you are finished selecting
and entering recipients. (You may include up to 25
recipients per message.)
7. Select Message and compose a message or use the
preset messages or smileys (icons).
Ⅲ
Press Mode (right softkey) for different character
input mode. (See “EnteringText”on page 42.)
8. To set the message priority, scroll to Priority and press
9. Select Ordinary or Urgent and press
.
.
10. Review your message and press Send (left softkey). (You
may also select additional messaging options by
pressing Options [right softkey] to set the callback
number or change the recipients, etc.)
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
279
AccessingText SMSMessages
ToreadaText SMSmessage:
ᮣ
When you receive a text message, it will automatically
appear on your phone’s main display screen. Press View
(left softkey) to read the message. Use your navigation
key to scroll down and view the entire message.
ToreplytoaText SMSmessage:
1. While the message is open, press Reply (left softkey).
2. Select Text.
3. Compose your reply or press Mode (right softkey) to
select a character input mode. (See “EnteringText”on
page 42.)
4. Review your reply and press Send (left softkey).
280
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
EditingPreset (Canned)Messages
Preset messages make sending text messages to your friends,
family, and co-workers easier than ever.
Toedit Preset messages:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
PQRS
3. Select Messaging (
).
).
ABC
4. Select Preset Msgs (
5. Highlight a message you wish to edit and press
.
6. Enter your new message or changes and press
OK (left softkey). (See “EnteringText”on page 42.)
Toreset Preset messages:
1. Follow steps 1-4 above.
2. Press Options (right softkey).
3. Highlight Reset AllMsgs and press
.
4. Select Yes.
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
281
UsingVoiceSMSMessaging
In addition to sending and receivingText SMS messages, your
phone is enabled withVoice SMS Messaging. WithVoice SMS
Messaging, you can quickly and easily send a voice message to
other SMS-enabled Sprint PCS Phones or working email
addresses without making a phone call. Just record a message
and send it directly to the recipient’s phone messaging inbox.
PlayingaVoiceSMSMessage
ToplayaVoiceSMSmessagefromthemainmenu:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging.
3. Select VoiceSMS.
4. Select Inbox. ( indicates an unplayed message.)
5. Select the message you want to play.
6. Press
to display the message detail.
7. Press Play (left softkey) to play the message. (To display
the message options, press Options [right softkey].)
282
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
ComposingVoiceSMSMessages
TocomposeaVoiceSMSmessage:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging.
3. Select SendMessage.
4. Select VoiceSMS.
5. Select PhoneBookEntry, Mobile, or Email to select or
enter recipients.
6. Press Next (left softkey) when you are finished selecting
and entering recipients. (You may include up to 25
recipients per message.)
7. Start recording after the beep. (You can record up to
2 minutes.)
8. To finish recording, press
.
9. Press Send (left softkey) to send the voice message.
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
283
AccessingVoiceSMSMessages
ToplayaVoiceSMSmessage:
ᮣ
When you receive a voice message, it will automatically
appear on your phone’s main display screen. Use your
softkeys to view and play the voice message.
ToreplytoaVoiceSMSmessage:
1. From theVoice SMS inbox, press Reply (left softkey).
2. Select VoiceSMS.
3. Record your reply, then press Send (left softkey).
284
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
UsingCallerID
Caller ID allows people to identify a caller before answering
the phone by displaying the number of the incoming call. If
you do not want your number displayed when you make a call,
just follow these easy steps.
Toblockyourphonenumberfrombeingdisplayedforaspecific
outgoingcall:
MNO
Shift
PQRS
1. Press
2. Enter the number you want to call.
3. Press
.
.
To permanently block your number, call Sprint Customer
Service.
RespondingtoCallWaiting
When you’re on a call, CallWaiting alerts you of incoming calls
by sounding beeps. Your phone’s screen informs you that
another call is coming in and displays the caller’s phone
number (if available).
Torespondtoanincomingcallwhileyou’reonacall:
ᮣ
Press
. (This puts the first caller on hold and
answers the second call.)
Toswitchbacktothefirst caller:
ᮣ
Press
again.
Tip:For those calls where you don’t want to be interrupted, you can
Shift
PQRS
temporarily disable CallWaiting by pressing
before
placing your call. CallWaiting is automatically reactivated once you end
the call.
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
285
MakingaThree-WayCall
WithThree-Way Calling, you can talk to two people at the
same time. When using this feature, the normal airtime rates
will be charged for each of the two calls.
TomakeaThree-WayCall:
1. Enter a number you wish to call and press
.
2. Once you have established the connection,
press
3. Dial the second number you wish to call and
press
4. When you’re connected to the second party,
press again to begin your three-way call.
. (This puts the first caller on hold.)
.
If one of the people you called hangs up during your call, you
and the remaining caller stay connected. If you initiated the
call and are the first to hang up, all three callers are
disconnected.
Note:CallWaitingandThree-WayCallingarenot availablewhileroaming
offthenationwideSprint PCSnetwork.
286
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
UsingCallForwarding
Call Forwarding lets you forward all your incoming calls to
another phone number – even when your phone is turned off.
You can continue to make calls from your phone when Call
Forwarding is activated.
ToactivateCallForwarding:
ABC
Shift
PQRS
1. Press
.
2. Enter the area code and phone number to which your
future calls should be forwarded.
3. Press
. (You will hear a tone to confirm the
activation of Call Forwarding.)
TodeactivateCallForwarding:
ABC
Shift
PQRS
1. Press
.
2. Press
. (You will hear a tone to confirm the
deactivation.)
Note:Youarechargedahigherrateforcallsyouhaveforwarded.
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features –The Basics
287
288
Section 3B
Sprint PCS VisionSM
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ GettingStartedWithSprint PCSVision
AccessingMessaging
DownloadingPremiumServicesContent
ExploringtheWeb
Sprint PCSVisionFAQs
SM
Sprint PCS Vision bringsyouclarityyoucanseeandhearwith
advancedmultimediaservices.These features – including
Sprint PCS Messaging, games, downloadable ringers and
screen savers, and portableWeb access – are easy to learn
and use. Clearly, it’s a whole new way to look at wireless.
This section introduces these advanced services and walks
you through the necessary steps to start taking advantage
of Sprint PCSVision Services. For complete details and
instructions, see the Sprint PCSVision User’s Guide online at
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
289
GettingStartedWithSprint PCSVision
With your Sprint PCSVision Phone and Sprint PCS Service, you
are ready to start enjoying the advantages of Sprint PCS
Vision.This section will help you learn the basics of using your
Sprint PCSVision services, including managing your User
name, launching aVision connection, and navigating theWeb
with your Sprint PCSVision Phone.
YourUserName
When you buy a Sprint PCSVision Phone and sign up for
service, you’re automatically assigned a User name, which is
typically based on your name and a number, followed by
“@sprint.com.”(For example, the third John Smith to sign up
for Sprint PCSVision services might have
[email protected] as his User name.)
When you use Sprint PCSVision services, your User name is
submitted to identify you to the nationwide Sprint PCS
network.The User name is also useful as an address for
Sprint PCS Mail, as a way to personalizeWeb services, and as
an online virtual identity.
Your User name will be automatically programmed into your
Sprint PCSVision Phone. You don’t have to enter it.
290
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
UpdatingYourUserName
When you change the programmed User Name and select a
new one, you have to update your User Name through your
Sprint PCS Phone.
ToupdateyourUserName:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
DEF
3. Select PowerVision (
).
DEF
4. Select UpdateProfile (
).
FindingYourUserName
If you aren’t sure what your Sprint PCSVision User name is,
you can easily find it online or on your Sprint PCSVision Phone.
TofindyourUserName:
ⅷ
Sprint PCS Phone number and Password.To display your
User name, click on the MyPersonalInformation menu,
then click on PCS VisionUserName.
ⅷ
OnyourSprint PCSVisionPhone. You can find your User
name under the PhoneInfo option in your phone’s Settings
menu (Menu > Settings > PhoneInfo > Phone#/UserID).
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
291
LaunchingaSprint PCSVisionConnection
TolaunchaSprint PCSVisionconnection:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Web. (Your Sprint PCSVision connection will
launch and the Sprint PCSVision home page will
display.)
The Sprint PCSVision Home Page
Shortcut: YoucanalsopressWeb (right softkey)tolaunchtheWebin
standbymode.
Note:IfNet Guardisenabledanddisplayed(seepage293), pressOK (left
softkey)tocontinueandlaunchtheWeb.
While connecting, the following will appear on the screen:
Connecting... Pleasewait.
If you had a previous Sprint PCSVision connection, the last
page you visited will display when you launch your browser.
When this occurs, you may not see the “Connecting...”
message when you launch the session.
292
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
Though the browser is open, you are not currently in an active
data session - that is, no data is being sent or received. As soon
as you navigate to another page, the active session will launch
and you will see the “Connecting...”message.
Net Guard
When you first connect to theWeb, the Net Guard will appear
to confirm that you want to connect.This feature helps you
avoid accidental connections. You can disable the Net Guard in
the future by selecting AlwaysAuto-Connect when the Net
Guard is displayed.
TochangeyourNet Guardsettings:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings.
DEF
3. Select PowerVision (
).
ABC
4. Select Net Guard (
) and choose an option:
Ⅲ
Onto activate the Net Guard.
Ⅲ
Offto deactivate the Net Guard.
Note:Whenenabled, theNet Guardappearsonlyoncepersession.TheNet
Guarddoesnot appearifthephoneismerelyre-connectingduetoatime-
out.
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
293
Sprint PCSVisionConnectionStatusandIndicators
Your phone’s display lets you know the current status of your
Sprint PCSVision or Sprint PowerVision connection through
indicators which appear at the top of the screen.
The following symbols are used:
Your Sprint PCSVision connection is active (data is being
transferred); the transmit/receive symbol will blink to
indicate data transmission. Incoming voice calls go
directly to voicemail; outgoing voice calls can be made,
but the Sprint PCSVision connection will terminate.
Your Sprint PCSVision connection is dormant (no data is
being sent or received).Though not currently active,
when dormant the phone can restart an active
connection quickly; voice calls can be made and received.
Your phone is not currently able to access Sprint PCS
Vision service features.
Your Sprint PowerVision service is active (data is being
transferred); the transmit/receive symbol will animate
to indicate data transmission. Incoming voice calls go
directly to voicemail; outgoing voice calls can be made,
but the Sprint PowerVision connection will terminate.
Your Sprint PowerVision service is dormant (no data is
being sent or received).Though not currently active,
when dormant the phone can restart an active
connection quickly; voice calls can be made and received.
If no indicator appears, your phone does not have a current
Sprint PCSVision connection.To launch a connection, see
“Launching a Sprint PCSVision Connection”on page 292.
294
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
NavigatingtheWeb
Navigating through menus andWeb sites during a Sprint PCS
Vision session is easy once you’ve learned a few basics. Here
are some tips for getting around:
Softkeys
During a Sprint PCSVision session, the bottom line of your
phone’s display contains one or more softkeys.These keys are
shortcut controls for navigating around theWeb, and they
correspond to the softkey buttons directly below the phone’s
display screen.
Tip:DependingonwhichWebsitesyouvisit, thelabelsonthesoftkeysmay
changetoindicatetheirfunction.
Tousesoftkeys:
ᮣ
Press the desired softkey button. (If an additional
pop-up menu appears when you press the softkey
button, select the menu items using your keypad [if
they’re numbered] or by highlighting the option and
pressing .)
Scrolling
As with other parts of your phone’s menu, you’ll have to scroll
up and down to see everything on someWeb sites.
ToscrolllinebylinethroughWebsites:
ᮣ
Press the navigation key up and down.
ToscrollpagebypagethroughWebsites:
ᮣ
Press the volume buttons on the side of the phone.
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
295
Selecting
Once you’ve learned how to use softkeys and scroll, you can
start navigating theWeb.
Toselect on-screenitems:
ᮣ
Use the navigation key to highlight the desired item, then
press the desired softkey button (or press
).
Tip:You’llfindthat theleft softkeyisusedprimarilyforselectingitems.This
softkeyisoftenlabeled“Go.”
Tip:Iftheitemsonapagearenumbered, youcanuseyourkeypad(number
keys)toselect anitem. (Thetenthiteminanumberedlist maybeselectedby
pressingthe
keyonyourphone’skeypad, eventhoughthenumber0
doesn’t appearonthescreen.)
Links, which appear as underlined text, allow you to jump to
different Web pages, select special functions, or even place
phone calls.
Toselect links:
ᮣ
Highlight the link and press the appropriate softkey.
GoingBack
Togobackonepage:
ᮣ
Press the
key on your phone.
Note:TheBACK key is also used for deleting text (like a BACKSPACE key)
whenyouareenteringtext.
296
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
GoingHome
ToreturntotheSprint PCSVisionhomepagefromanyother
Webpage:
ᮣ
Press and hold
– or –
.
Press the right softkey and select Home (
).
Sprint PCSMessaging
AccessingMessaging
Now you can send and receive emails and text messages and
participate inWeb-based chatrooms right from your Sprint
PCSVision Phone. Messaging allows you to stay connected to
friends, family, and co-workers 24 hours a day anywhere on
the nationwide Sprint PCS network.
MessageTypes
There are many types of text messaging available on your
phone.These includeText SMS Messaging (page 278), Instant
Messaging, Email, and Chat.
(Sprint PCSVoicemail provides voicemail-to-mailbox
messaging. For information on using your phone’s voicemail
feature, see “UsingVoicemail”on page 268.)
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
297
AccessingSprint PCSMail
Sprint PCS Mail allows you to perform many of the typical
email functions from your Sprint PCSVision Phone that you
can from your personal computer. You can manage your
Sprint PCS Mail account from your Sprint PCSVision Phone or
ToaccessSprint PCSMailfromyourphone:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging.
3. Select IM&Email. (If you’re a first-time user, your phone
will prompt you to set up your Sprint PCS Mail account
by establishing a User name and password.)
4. To view your messages, press Inbox (left softkey).
5. Scroll to select the message you wish to read and press
Go (left softkey).
6. Once you’ve read a message, use the quick actions at the
end of each message (Reply, Reply All, Forward, Erase,
Add to Folder, or Main).
For information and instructions about reading, replying to,
and composing Sprint PCS Mail, please see the Sprint PCS
298
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
AccessingAdditionalEmailProviders
With Sprint PCSVision, you can use popular email services
®
®
®
such as AOL Mail, Yahoo! Mail, MSN Hotmail and EarthLink to
keep in touch, even while you’re on the go.
ToaccessemailprovidersfromyourSprint PCSVisionPhone:
1. From the Sprint PCSVision home page, select Messaging.
2. Select Email.
3. Select an email provider, such as AOLMail, MSNHotmail,
Yahoo!Email, or Earthlink.
4. Use your keypad to enter the required sign in
information for the selected provider, such as user
name, email address, and/or password, and select
SignIn. (Your mailbox for the selected provider will
display.)
Note:Theinformationrequiredforsigninwillvarydependingontheemail
provideryouareaccessing.
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to read, reply to,
compose, send, and manage your email account.
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
299
AccessingInstant Messaging
Sprint PCSVision also provides you with access to popular
®
instant messaging (IM) clients, including AOL Instant
TM
®
®
Messenger , MSN Messenger, and Yahoo! Messenger.
Toaccessinstant messagingclientsfromyourSprint PCSVision
Phone:
1. From the Sprint PCSVision home page, select Messaging.
2. SelectInstant Messaging.
3. Select an email provider, such as
AOLInstant Messenger, MSNMessenger, or
Yahoo!Messenger.
4. Use your keypad to enter the required sign in
information for the selected provider, such as user name
and/or password, and select SignIn. (Your IM screen for
the selected provider will display.)
Note:Theinformationrequiredforsigninwillvarydependingonthe
instant messagingprovideryouareaccessing.
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to read, reply to,
compose, send, and manage your IM account.
300
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
AccessingWirelessChatrooms
Sprint PCSVision gives you the ability to join wireless
chatrooms from your Sprint PCSVision Phone, to send text
messages and icons to chatroom participants, or to launch a
one-on-one (private) chatroom.
Toaccessachatroomfromthebrowser:
1. From standby mode, press Web (right softkey) to launch
the browser.
2. Select Messaging.
3. Select Chat.
4. Select Enter. (You will see a disclaimer forWireless Chat.)
5. PressGo(left softkey) to accept the disclaimer.
6. Use your keypad to enter a nickname and select Enter.
(The chat menu will display.)
7. Select a chatroom from the menu (for example,
“Friends”or “Singles”) and press Go (left softkey) to
enter.
8. Once in the chatroom, you may scroll through the
postings to read messages from other chatroom
participants and use your keypad to enter your own
messages.
Note:Forinformationabout postingtochatroomsorsettingupone-on-
onesessions, pleaseseetheSprint PCSVisionUser’sGuideat
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
301
DownloadingPremiumServicesContent
With Sprint PCSVision and your new Sprint PCSVision Phone,
you have access to a dynamic variety of Premium Service
content, such as downloadable Games, Ringers, Screen
Savers, and other applications. (Additional charges may
apply.)The basic steps required to access and download
Premium Service content are outlined below.
AccessingtheDownloadMenus
ToaccesstheSprint PCSVisiondownloadmenus:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select MyContent.
3. Select the type of file you wish to download (Games,
Ringers, ScreenSavers, Applications, or IM&Email) and
press
.
4. Select Get Newand press . (The browser will launch
and take you to the corresponding download menu.)
ToaccesstheSprint PCSVisiondownloadmenusfromtheWeb
browser:
1. From the Sprint PCSVision home page, select
ABC
Downloads (
).
ABC
2. Select Games (
), Ringers (
), ScreenSavers
DEF
GHI
(
), or Applications (
) to go to the corresponding
download menu. (For more information on navigating
theWeb, see “Navigating theWeb”on page 295.)
302
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
SelectinganItemtoDownload
Youcansearchforavailableitemstodownloadinanumberofways:
ⅷ
Featured displays a rotating selection of featured items.
ⅷ
Categories allowsyoutonarrowyoursearchtoageneral
category,suchasMovie/TVThemesforRingersorCollegeLogos
forScreenSavers.(Theremaybeseveralpagesofavailable
contentinalist.SelectNext9toviewadditionalitems.)
ⅷ
Search allows you to use your keypad to enter search
criteria to locate an item. You may enter an entire word or
title or perform a partial-word search (for example,
entering “goo”returns “Good Ol’Boy,”“The Good, the Bad,
and the Ugly,”and “Goofy - Club”).
DownloadinganItem
Once you’ve selected an item you wish to download, highlight
it and press
or press Go (left softkey). You will see a
summary page for the item including its title, the vendor, the
download detail, the file size, and the cost. Links allow you to
view the LicenseDetails page, which outlines the price, license
type, and length of license for the download, and the Termsof
Use page, which details the Premium ServicesTerms of Use
and your responsibility for payment.
Todownloadaselecteditem:
1. From the information page, select Buy. (The item will
download automatically. When the NewDownload
screen appears, the item has been successfully
downloaded to your phone.)
Note:Ifyouhavenot previouslypurchasedanitem, youwillbepromptedto
createyourpurchasingprofile.
Note:Ifyoudownloadanitemthat cannot bedeleted, the iconwillbe
displayed.
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
303
2. Select an option to continue:
Ⅲ
Once the item has been successfully downloaded
and the Completed screen appears, select your
desired option to assign the ringer or screen saver,
run the application, listen to music, play the game,
etc.
Ⅲ
Press
to quit the browser and return to standby
mode.
UsingMyContent Manager
Whether you purchase your Premium Services content from
your Sprint PCS Phone or from your online account
are stored in MyContent Manager and may be downloaded to
your phone from there.
MyContent Manager is a storage area on the nationwide
Sprint PCS network that is assigned specifically to your
account. It allows you to store all of your Premium Service
downloadable files.The files remain in My Content Manager
until their license terms have expired – even after you have
downloaded the content to your phone.This provides you
with a convenient place to access information about your
downloaded files without having to store the information in
your phone’s memory.
304
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
ToaccessMyContent Manager:
1. From the Sprint PCSVision home page, select Downloads
ABC
(
).
2. Select MyContent Manager. (A list of your purchased
items will display.)
Todownloadpurchasedcontent fromMyContent Manager:
1. From the MyContent Manager display (see above),
highlight the item you wish to download and
press . (The information page for the selected
item will display.)
2. Scroll to highlight Downloads and press . (The item
will download automatically. When the NewDownload
screen appears, the item has been successfully
downloaded to your phone.)
3. Select an option to continue:
Ⅲ
Once the item has been successfully downloaded
and the Completed screen appears, select your
desired option to assign the ringer or screen saver,
run the application, listen to music, play the game,
etc.
Ⅲ
Press
to quit the browser and return to
standby mode.
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
305
SelectingCallTones
CallTones allow you to select ringback tones heard by the
calling party.
Toselect calltones:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select MyContent.
3. Select CallTones and press . (The browser will launch
and take you to the corresponding URL.)
For complete information and instructions on downloading
Games, Ringers, ScreenSavers, and Applications, see the
306
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
Web
ExploringtheWeb
WithWeb access on your Sprint PCSVision Phone, you can
browse full-color graphic versions of your favoriteWeb sites,
making it easier than ever to stay informed while on the go.
Follow sports scores and breaking news and weather and
shop on your Sprint PCSVision Phone anywhere on the
nationwide Sprint PCS network.
In addition to the features already covered in this section, the
Sprint PCSVision home page offers access to these colorful,
graphically richWeb categories, including News, Weather,
Entertainment, Sports, Finance, Travel, Shopping, Tools, and
BusinessLinks, as well as useful management options
including MyAccount and Search. Many sites are available
under more than one menu – choose the one that’s most
convenient for you.
UsingtheBrowserMenu
Navigating theWeb from your phone using the Sprint PCS
Vision home page is easy once you get the hang of it. For
details on how to navigate theWeb, select menu items, and
more, see “Navigating theWeb”on page 295.
Although the Sprint PCSVision home page offers a broad and
convenient array of sites and services for you to browse, not all
sites are represented, and certain functions, such as going
directly to specificWeb sites, are not available. For these and
other functions, you will need to use the browser menu.The
browser menu offers additional functionality to expand your
use of theWeb on your Sprint PCSVision Phone.
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
307
OpeningtheBrowserMenu
The browser menu may be opened anytime you have an active
Sprint PCSVision session, from any page you are viewing.
Toopenthebrowsermenu:
ᮣ
Press the right softkey. (The browser menu will display in
a drop-down list.)
Options available under the browser menu include:
ⅷ
Home(
). Returns the browser to the Sprint PCSVision
home page.
ABC
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Forward (
). Returns you to a previously viewed page
(after having used the
key).
DEF
Markthispage(
site and edit your bookmarks.
). Allows you to bookmark the current
GHI
ViewBookmarks(
bookmarked sites.
JKL
). Allows you to view and access
ⅷ
ⅷ
Search(
). Launches a Google search.
MNO
SendPage(
). Allows you to send the current URL as a
text message.
PQRS
ⅷ
ⅷ
GotoURL... (
). Allows you to navigate directly to a
Web site by entering its URL (Web site address).
TUV
History(
). Keeps a list of links to your most recently
visited sites.To navigate to a site, highlight it and
press , then select Connect (left softkey).
308
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
WXYZ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Refreshthispage(
). Reloads the current Web page.
More... (
). Displays additional options:
Ⅲ
ShowURL. Displays the URL (Web site address) of the
site you’re currently viewing.
Ⅲ
Restart Browser. Refreshes the current browser
session.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Script Log Allows you to display the script log.
About Browser Allows you to display your browser’s
information.
Ⅲ
Preferences. Allows you to configure and manage
your browser settings. (Edit Home Page, Revert
Home Page, Launch Page, Font Size, Color Setting,
Show Images, Delete Cookies, Send Referrer,
TitleTag, and SoundVolume.)
CreatingaBookmark
Bookmarks allow you to store the address of your favorite
Web sites for easy access at a later time.
Tocreateabookmark:
1. Go to theWeb page you want to mark.
2. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.
DEF
3. Select Markthispage (
) and press OK (left softkey)
twice to save the bookmark.
Note:Bookmarkingapagedoesnot storethepagecontents, just its
address.
Note:Somepagescannot bebookmarked.WhetheraparticularWebpage
maybemarkediscontrolledbyitscreator.
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
309
AccessingaBookmark
Toaccessabookmark:
1. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.
GHI
2. Select ViewBookmarks (
).
3. Scroll to highlight the bookmark you’d like to access and
press OK (left softkey) to go to theWeb site (or press the
number corresponding to the bookmark you wish to
access).
DeletingaBookmark
Todeleteabookmark:
1. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.
GHI
2. Select ViewBookmarks (
).
3. Scroll to highlight the bookmark you’d like to delete and
press the right softkey.
JKL
4. Select Delete(
) from the menu. (A confirmation
screen will display.)
5. Select Yes (right softkey) to remove the bookmark.
310
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
GoingtoaSpecificWebsite
TogotoaparticularWebsitebyenteringaURL(Website
address):
1. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.
PQRS
2. Select GotoURL... (
).
3. Select Address and press OK (left softkey).
4. Use your keypad to enter the URL of theWeb site you
wish to go to and press
.
Note:Not allWebsitesareviewableonyourphone.
ReloadingaWebPage
Toreload(refresh)aWebpage:
1. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.
WXYZ
2. Select Refreshthispage (
). (The browser will reload
the current Web page.)
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
311
RestartingtheWebBrowser
If theWeb browser appears to be malfunctioning or stops
responding, you can usually fix the problem by simply
restarting the browser.
Torestart theWebbrowser:
1. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.
2. Select More... (
).
3. Select Restart Browserand press OK (left softkey).
AdjustingtheBrowserSoundVolume
Toadjust thebrowsersoundvolume:
1. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.
2. Select More... (
).
3. Select Preferencesand press OK (left softkey).
4. Select SoundVolumeand press OK (left softkey).
5. Select your desired volume level by pressing the
navigation key up or down and press
.
312
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
Sprint PCSVisionFAQs
HowwillIknowwhenmyphoneisreadyforSprint PCSVision
service?
display in the Phone#/UserID menu.
Go to Settings > PhoneInfo > Phone#/UserID.
HowdoIsign-inforthefirst time?
You are automatically signed in to access Sprint PCSVision
services when you turn on your phone.
HowdoIknowwhenmyphoneisconnectedtoSprint PCSVision
services?
Your phone automatically connects when Sprint PCS Vision
service is used or an incoming message arrives. Your phone
will also display the
icon. When you enter a Sprint Power
Vision service area, your phone will display the icon.
(Connecting takes about 10-12 seconds.)
CanImakecallsandusedataservicesat thesametime?
You cannot use voice and Sprint PCSVision services
simultaneously. If you receive a call while Sprint PCSVision or
Sprint PowerVision service is active, the call will be forwarded
to voicemail. You can place an outgoing call anytime, but it
will interrupt any in-progress data session.
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
313
Whenismydataconnectionactive?
Your connection is active when data is being transferred.
Outgoing calls are allowed; incoming calls go directly to
voicemail. When Sprint PCSVision service is active,
the (Sending) or (Receiving) indicator flashes; when
Sprint PowerVision service is active, the (Sending) or
(Receiving) indicator animates on your phone’s display screen.
Whenismydataconnectiondormant?
If no data is received for 10 seconds, the connection goes
dormant. When the connection is dormant, voice calls are
allowed. (The connection may become active again quickly.) If
no data is received for an extended period of time, the
connection will terminate.
CanIsignout ofdataservices?
You can sign out without turning off your phone; however,
you will not be able to browse theWeb or use other
Sprint PCSVision or Sprint PowerVision services. While signed
out, you can still place or receive phone calls, check voicemail,
and use other voice services. You may sign in again at any
time.To sign out, go to Settings > PowerVision > DisableVision
in your phone’s menu.
314
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVision
Section 3C
SM
Sprint Power Vision
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ GettingtoKnowSprint PowerVision
SM
ExploringtheSprint MusicStore
PersonalizingYourServiceWithOnDemand
UsingYourSprint PCSPhoneasaModem
SM
WithSprint PowerVision enjoythenext generationwireless
dataexperience. Sprint PowerVisionoffersanenhanced,
always-onexperience, includingrich, clearvideoandaudio
clips(uptofiveminutesinlength), liveinteractive3-Dgames,
andBroadband-likedownloadspeeds. Inaddition, youcan
experienceallofthelatest messaging, imagingandbrowsing
enhancementscurrentlyavailabletoSprint PCSusers.
SM
Features such as the Sprint Music Store , On Demand
personalized data services, and the option to use your phone
as a modem make Sprint PowerVision your key to total
connectivity.This section introduces these advanced high-
speed services and walks you through the necessary steps to
start taking advantage of Sprint PowerVision. For an
updated listing of the latest products and services (which
are subject to change) and for more information, visit us
Section 3C: Sprint PowerVision
315
GettingtoKnowSprint PowerVision
Sprint PowerVision combines unmatched visual and sound
clarity with Broadband-like speeds on your wireless phone.
Utilizing the fastest commercially available wireless network
technology (1xEV-DO) and leveraging continued investment
in handset and application development, Sprint PowerVision
offers the ultimate in wireless entertainment, real imaging
solutions, instant communication, and a personalized
information experience at Broadband-like speeds. Your
MM-9000 is equipped with the latest in multimedia, imaging
and processing technology, and offer exclusive services not
available on current Sprint PCSVision Phones, such as access
to the Sprint Music Store and On Demand.
Note:TheMM-9000’sdataservicesworkanywhereonthenationwide
Sprint PCSnetwork.Theseserviceswillperformat enhancedspeedsand
withimprovedqualityinareaswithhigh-speeddatacoverage. Goto
moreinformation.
EnablingSprint PowerVision
Since Sprint PowerVision is an enhancement to your phone's
Sprint PCSVision capabilities, you don't need to take any extra
action to make Sprint -PowerVision available. As long as your
phone's Sprint PCSVision setting is enabled (see "Enabling
and Disabling Sprint PCSVision Services" on page 98), your
phone is ready to access Sprint PowerVision services where
available.
When your phone has a Sprint PowerVision connection, the
status indicator ( ) will display on the screen. (For details,
see “Sprint PCSVision Connection Status and Indicators”on
page 294.)
316
Section 3C: Sprint PowerVision
SM
ExploringtheSprint MusicStore
Your Sprint PowerVision service allows you to access the
Sprint Music Store, an online music distribution site that lets
you purchase and download digital music files to play on your
Sprint PowerVision Multimedia Phone.
AccessingtheSprint MusicStore
You can access the Sprint Music Store right from your phone’s
main menu, anywhere on the nationwide Sprint PCS network.
When you enter the store for the first time, you will be
prompted to set up your user identification and password.
ToaccesstheSprint MusicStore:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Music.
3. Follow the onscreen instructions to establish your
User ID and password.
Tip:YourUserIDfortheSprint MusicStoreisyour10-digit Sprint PCSPhone
number.Thepasswordmaybeany4-6digit number.Therecommended
passwordisthelast fourdigitsofyourSocialSecuritynumber.
4. Use your keypad and navigation key to explore the store.
Section 3C: Sprint PowerVision
317
PurchasingandDownloadingMusic
Now that you’re in the store, you can shop for songs to
purchase and download to your phone’s miniSD card.
TofindanddownloadmusicfilesfromtheSprint MusicStore:
1. From the Sprint Music Store opening page, select an
option to browse the store:
Ⅲ
Featured offers a revolving selection of highlighted
songs and artists.
Ⅲ
Categories allows you to choose from categories
such asWhat’s Hot, New Releases, and specific
musical genres.
Ⅲ
Search gives you the option of searching for specific
songs or artists. Just use your keypad to enter your
search criteria in the available fields.
2. Highlight the song you want and press . (The song
information screen will display.)
3. Select an option and press
:
Ⅲ
Preview to play an audio clip of the selected song.
Ⅲ
BuySong to purchase the song and download it to
your phone’s miniSD card.
●
When you select BuySong, the file will
automatically download to your phone’s miniSD
card. (If there is no miniSD card installed or if there
is not enough free memory space on the card, you
will see an alert.)
●
Once the song has been downloaded to your
miniSD card, you will see options allowing you to
listen to the song, add it to a playlist, continue
shopping, or download it to your PC.
318
Section 3C: Sprint PowerVision
BackingUpYourDownloadedMusicFiles
When you purchase and download a music file from the
Sprint Music Store, you get two versions of the song: one to
download and play on your MM-9000 (file type: AAC+), and
PC (file type:WMA).The AAC+ files downloaded to your phone
can only be played on your phone and on your account, and
once they have been downloaded, they cannot be
downloaded again without being re-purchased.
Sprint recommends you back up your AAC+ music files to your
PC so you may access the files in case your miniSD card is lost
or damaged, or if you install a new miniSD card.
Tobackupyourdownloadedmusicfiles:
1. Connect your MM-9000 to your PC using the USB cable
that came with your phone.
2. Use your PC to navigate to the miniSD’s Music folder.
3. Select and copy the music files to a folder on your PC’s
hard drive.
Note:AlthoughyoucanstoreAAC+filesonyourPC, theywillonlybe
playableonyourphoneandonyouraccount. Ifyoucopythefilesbackto
anotherminiSDcard, youwillneedtoreauthenticateyouraccount through
yourphonetobeabletoplaythemusicfiles.
Section 3C: Sprint PowerVision
319
PlayingMusicFromtheSprint MusicStore
The Sprint Music Store not only gives you access to great
music, it also gives you a place to listen to and organize your
music library.
AccessingtheMusicPlayer
1. From the Sprint Music Store opening page, use your
navigation key to select the Player tab.
2. From the Player display, select an option:
Ⅲ
AllMyMusic to browse through all of your
downloaded music.
Ⅲ
<playlist> to select a customized playlist you’ve
created to organize your music.
Ⅲ
CreatePlaylist... to set up a custom playlist of songs
you like to hear together. Follow the onscreen
instructions to create a name for the playlist, select
songs by artist, genre, and title, and create an order
for the playlist.
3. Once you’ve displayed a list of songs, you can browse
through your available titles by Song, Artist, or Genre to
select a specific song.
Ⅲ
To play a song, select it and press Play ( ).
Ⅲ
To listen to a playlist, select it and press Play ( ).
For more information about using the Sprint Music Store, visit
320
Section 3C: Sprint PowerVision
PersonalizingYourServiceWith
OnDemand
The On Demand feature from Sprint PowerVision makes it
easier than ever to retrieve the most popularWeb information
and categories instantly. On Demand uses your home ZIP code
to customize the content it retrieves to your area, so you can
get the information you want, when you want it.
On Demand acts like a PC browser’s customized home page,
displaying a variety of top categories such as News, Sports,
Weather, Money, Movies, and more, tailored to your home
area.These categories and the associated information are
updated continuously throughout the day, so you’ll always be
up-to-date and in-the-know. In addition to presenting a
number of fixed categories, On Demand also offers additional
categories you can select (for an additional monthly charge),
allowing you faster access to the information you really want.
InitializingYourOnDemandService
Toinitializeyourphone’sOnDemandservice:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select OnDemand.
3. Enter your home ZIP code and press Done (left softkey).
(The On Demand service will customize itself to your
location and the On Demand menu screen will display.)
Section 3C: Sprint PowerVision
321
AccessingOnDemandInformation
Finding the information you’re looking for with On Demand is
as easy as navigating aWeb browser on your PC. (The
following examples will illustrate how to access News and
Movies information.)
ToaccessNewsinformationusingOnDemand:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select OnDemand. (The On Demand menu screen will
display.)
3. From the On Demand menu screen, highlight a category
(in this case, News) and press
.
4. Depending on which category you select, you will see a
menu with additional options (for this example, you
would be able to select from such sub-categories as
“Top Stories,”“USA News,”“World News,”and
“Politics”).
5. Select a subcategory, then select an article you would
like to view and press . (The article will display.)
6. Use your navigation key to scroll through the article. If
applicable, the left and right softkeys will offer
additional options:
Ⅲ
Left Softkey- If there is a related story or a picture
accompanying the article, that link will be available
by pressing your left softkey.The left softkey
functions as an action key in the On Demand service.
Ⅲ
Right Softkey-Your right softkey will be a Menu
button, allowing you to return to the main
On Demand menu and offering additional
navigation options.
322
Section 3C: Sprint PowerVision
ToaccessMoviesinformationusingOnDemand:
1. From the On Demand menu screen, highlight Movies
and press . (A list of current movie titles will display.)
2. Select a movie title and press
.
3. From the MovieTitle display, select an option and follow
the onscreen instructions. Options available may
include:
Ⅲ
Date to select a date for the movie.
Ⅲ
Details to view the movie’s details, which may
include cast, running time, plot synopsis, MPAA
rating, reviews, etc.
Ⅲ
<theaterlisting> to view the movie’s showtimes at a
number of selected movie theaters in your area.
Follow the onscreen instructions to purchase will-
call tickets (may not be available for all theaters or
for all showtimes).
Additional permanent On Demand categories such as Money
(which features a customizable stock ticker [delayed 20
minutes]), Weather, and Sports (which allows you to select
your top teams), along with optional categories such as Maps
andTV Guide, bring the information you want right to your
screen – all without having to go through a traditionalWeb
search.
Section 3C: Sprint PowerVision
323
UsingYourSprint PCSPhoneasaModem
Your Sprint PowerVision Multimedia Phone's data capabilities
enable you to use your phone's high-speed data connection as
a modem for your desktop or laptop PC. You'll be able to send
and receive email, browse the Internet, and access your
company's network anywhere on the nationwide Sprint PCS
network.
Note:Tousethisservice, youarerequiredtosignuponaSprint PowerVision
phoneasmodemplandetailsandmoreinformation.
SettingUpaDataConnectionWithYourPC
In order to use your phone as a modem, you’ll first need to
load the Sprint PowerVision Connection Manager software
on your PC, then use the supplied USB cable to connect your
phone to your PC.
Toset upyourphone-to-PCdataconnection:
1. From your computer’s traditional Internet connection,
Sprint PowerVision Connection Manager software. (The
software and drivers can be downloaded free of charge.)
2. Double-click on the downloaded file and follow the
onscreen instructions to install the Sprint PowerVision
Connection Manager software and drivers to your PC.
3. Once the software has been fully installed, connect your
phone to your PC using the supplied USB cable. (Your PC
will detect the connection and an icon will appear in
your system tray.)
324
Section 3C: Sprint PowerVision
4. Launch the Sprint PowerVision Connection Manager
software, select a profile, and click Connect.
5. Once the connection is established, launch an Internet
session, check your email, or do anything else you would
do using a traditional data connection.
6. When you’re ready to terminate the data connection,
double-click on the Sprint PowerVision Connection
Manager icon in the system tray, then click Disconnect to
end the session.
7. Disconnect the USB cable from your phone and your PC.
Note:Whileyourdataconnectionisactive, youwillnot beabletoreceive
incomingcalls;allincomingcallswillbeforwardedtoyourSprint PCS
Voicemail. Placinganoutgoingcallduringadatasessionterminatesthe
dataconnection.
Note:Sprint PCSVisionservicesareavailableonthenationwideSprint PCS
network. Sprint PowerVisionservicesworkanywhereonthenationwide
Sprint PCSnetwork, but Broadband-likedownloadspeedsareonlyavailable
inareaswithhigh-speeddatacoverage.
Section 3C: Sprint PowerVision
325
326
Section 3D
Sprint PCS Voice CommandSM
In This Section
SM
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ GettingStartedwithSprint PCSVoiceCommand
CreatingYourOwnAddressBook
MakingaCallwithSprint PCSVoiceCommand
AccessingInformationUsingSprint PCSVoiceCommand
With Sprint PCS, reaching your friends, family, and co-
workers has never been easier – especially when you’re on
the go. You can even listen toWeb-based information, such
as news, weather, and sports. Your voice does it all with
Sprint PCSVoice Command.
This section outlines the Sprint PCSVoice Command service.
Section 3D: Sprint PCSVoice Command
327
GettingStartedWithSprint PCS
VoiceCommand
With Sprint PCSVoice Command:
ⅷ
You can store all your contacts’phone numbers, so you can
simply say the name of the person you want to call.
ⅷ
There’s no need to punch in a lot of numbers, memorize
voicemail passwords, or try to dial while you’re driving.
ⅷ
You can call anyone in your address book – even if you
don’t remember their phone number.
ⅷ
You don’t need to worry about losing your contacts or
address book.This advanced service is network-based, so
if you switch or happen to lose your Sprint PCS Phone, you
won’t lose your contacts or address book.
It’sEasytoGet Started
There are two easy ways to sign up for Sprint PCSVoice
Command:
ᮣ
Sign up when you purchase and activate your phone.
ABC
Shift
ᮣ
Just dial
from your Sprint PCS Phone to
contact Sprint Customer Service and sign up.
There is a monthly charge for Sprint PCSVoice Command.
328
Section 3D: Sprint PCSVoice Command
CreatingYourOwnAddressBook
You can program up to 500 names into your personal address
book, with each name having up to five phone numbers.
That’s 2,500 phone numbers, and with the advanced
technology of Sprint PCSVoice Command, you can have
instant access to all of them.
There are four ways to update your address book:
ⅷ
your Sprint PCS Phone Number and password to access a
fully functionalWeb-based address book to create and
update your contacts.
ⅷ
UseanExistingAddressBook. Automatically merge address
books from desktop software applications with Sprint
SM
Sync Services for no additional charge. Simply click on the
“Click to synchronize”button within your Sprint PCSVoice
Shift
ⅷ
UseVoiceRecordings. Simply dial
and say, “Add
name.”You will then be asked to say the name and
number you want to add to your personal address book.
Your address book can store up to 20 voice recorded names
at once.
ⅷ
CallDirectoryAssistance. If you don’t have a computer or
Internet access handy, you can have Sprint PCS Directory
Assistance look up phone numbers for you and
automatically add them to your address book. Just dial
Shift
and say “Call operator”and we’ll add two
names and all the numbers associated with those names
to your address book for our standard directory assistance
charge.
Section 3D: Sprint PCSVoice Command
329
MakingaCallWithSprint PCS
VoiceCommand
TomakeacallwithSprint PCSVoiceCommand:
Shift
1. Press
and you’ll hear the “Ready”prompt.
2. After the “Ready”prompt, simply say, in a natural voice,
“Call”and the name of the person or the number you’d
liketocall. (Forexample, youcansay,“CallJaneSmithat
work,”“Call John Baker on the mobile phone,”“Call 555-
1234,”or “Call Bob Miller.”)
3. Your request will be repeated and you will be asked to
verify. Say “Yes”to call the number or person. (The
number will automatically be dialed.) Say “No”if you
wish to cancel.
Tip:Keepinmindthat Sprint PCSVoiceCommandrecognizesnot onlyyour
voice, but anyvoice, sothat otherscanexperiencethesameconvenienceif
theyuseyourphone.
FormorehelpfulhintsonSprint PCSVoiceCommand,
including a list of recognized commands and an interactive
330
Section 3D: Sprint PCSVoice Command
AccessingInformationUsing
Sprint PCSVoiceCommand
ToaccessinformationusingSprint PCSVoiceCommand:
Shift
1. Press
.
2. Say “Call theWeb”and choose from a listing of
information categories like news, weather, and sports.
– or –
Simply say “Call news room,”“Call the weather,”“Call
Sports Central,”etc.
Note:Sprint PCSVoiceCommandisnot availablewhileroamingoffthe
nationwideSprint PCSnetwork.
Section 3D: Sprint PCSVoice Command
331
332
Section 4
Safety and
Warranty Information
334
Section 4A
Safety
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ GettingtheMost Out ofYourReception
MaintainingSafeUseofandAccesstoYourPhone
CaringfortheBattery
AcknowledgingSpecialPrecautionsandtheFCCNotice
Owner’sRecord
PhoneGuideProprietaryNotice
Part ofgettingthemost out ofyourSprint PCSPhoneis
learninghowthephoneworksandhowtocareforit. This
section outlines performance and safety guidelines that
help you understand the basic features of your phone’s
operation.
Section4A:Safety
335
GettingtheMost Out ofYourReception
KeepingTabsonSignalStrength
The quality of each call you make or receive depends on the signal strength
in your area. Your phone informs you of the current signal strength by
displaying a number of bars next to the signal strength icon.The more bars
displayed, the stronger the signal. If you’re inside a building, being near a
window may give you better reception.
UnderstandingthePowerSaveFeature
If your phone is unable to find a signal after 15 minutes of searching, a
Power Save feature is automatically activated. If your phone is active, it
periodically rechecks service availability; you can also check it yourself by
pressing any key. Anytime the Power Save feature is activated, a message is
displayed on the screen. When a signal is found, your phone returns to
standby mode.
UnderstandingHowYourPhoneOperates
Your phone is basically a radio transmitter and receiver. When it’s turned
on, it receives and transmits radiofrequency (RF) signals. When you use
your phone, the system handling your call controls the power level.This
power can range from 0.006 watts to 0.2 watts in digital mode.
KnowingRadioFrequencySafety
The design of your Sprint PCS Phone complies with updated NCRP
standards described below.
In 1991-92, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and
the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) joined in updating ANSI’s
1982 standard for safety levels with respect to human exposure to RF
signals. More than 120 scientists, engineers and physicians from
universities, government health agencies and industries developed this
updated standard after reviewing the available body of research. In 1993,
the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) adopted this updated
standard in a regulation. In August 1996, the FCC adopted hybrid standard
consisting of the existing ANSI/IEEE standard and the guidelines published
by the National Council of Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP).
336
Section4A:Safety
MaintainingYourPhone’sPeakPerformance
There are several simple guidelines to operating your phone properly and
maintaining safe, satisfactory service.
ⅷ
Hold the phone with the antenna raised, fully-extended, and over your
shoulder.
ⅷ
Try not to hold, bend, or twist the phone’s antenna.
ⅷ
Don’t use the phone if the antenna is damaged.
ⅷ
Speak directly into the mouthpiece.
ⅷ
Avoid exposing your phone and accessories to rain or liquid spills. If
your phone does get wet, immediately turn the power off and remove
the battery.
Note:Forthebest careofyourphone, onlySprint authorizedpersonnelshouldservice
yourphoneandaccessories. Faultyservicemayvoidthewarranty.
Section4A:Safety
337
MaintainingSafeUseofandAccessto
YourPhone
FAILURETO FOLLOWTHE INSTRUCTIONS OUTLINED MAY LEADTO SERIOUS
PERSONAL INJURY AND POSSIBLE PROPERTY DAMAGE
UsingYourPhoneWhileDriving
Talking on your phone while driving (or operating the phone without a
hands-free device) is prohibited in some jurisdictions. Laws vary as to
specific restrictions. Remember that safety always comes first.
Tip:Purchaseanoptionalhands-freeaccessoryat yourlocalSprint Store, orcall
SM
Space
ABC
theSprint PCSAccessoryHotline at 1-800-974-2221orbydialing
ABC
ABC
onyourSprint PCSPhone.
FollowingSafetyGuidelines
To operate your phone safely and efficiently, always follow any special
regulations in a given area.Turn your phone off in areas where use is
forbidden or when it may cause interference or danger.
UsingYourPhoneNearOtherElectronicDevices
Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radiofrequency (RF)
signals. However, RF signals from wireless phones may affect inadequately
shielded electronic equipment.
RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded
electronic operating systems and/or entertainment systems in motor
vehicles. Check with the manufacturer or their representative to determine
if these systems are adequately shielded from external RF signals. Also
check with the manufacturer regarding any equipment that has been
added to your vehicle.
Consult the manufacturer of any personal medical devices, such as
pacemakers and hearing aids, to determine if they are adequately shielded
from external RF signals.
Note:Alwaysturnoffthephoneinhealthcarefacilitiesandrequest permissionbefore
usingthephonenearmedicalequipment.
338
Section4A:Safety
TurningOffYourPhoneBeforeFlying
Turn off your phone before boarding any aircraft.To prevent possible
interference with aircraft systems, the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration
(FAA) regulations require you to have permission from a crew member to
use your phone while the plane is on the ground.To prevent any risk of
interference, FCC regulations prohibit using your phone while the plane is
in the air.
TurningOffYourPhoneinDangerousAreas
To avoid interfering with blasting operations, turn your phone off when in a
blasting area or in other areas with signs indicating two-way radios should
be turned off. Construction crews often use remote-control RF devices to
set off explosives.
Turn your phone off when you’re in any area that has a potentially explosive
atmosphere. Although it’s rare, your phone and accessories could generate
sparks. Sparks can cause an explosion or fire, resulting in bodily injury or
even death.These areas are often, but not always, clearly marked.They
include:
ⅷ
Fueling areas such as gas stations.
ⅷ
Below deck on boats.
ⅷ
Fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities.
ⅷ
Areas where the air contains chemicals or particles such as grain, dust,
or metal powders.
ⅷ
Any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your
vehicle’s engine.
Note:Nevertransport orstoreflammablegas, liquidorexplosivesinthecompartment
ofyourvehiclethat containsyourphoneoraccessories.
RestrictingChildren’sAccesstoYourPhone
Your phone is not a toy. Do not allow children to play with it as they could
hurt themselves and others, damage the phone or make calls that increase
your Sprint PCS Invoice.
Section4A:Safety
339
CaringfortheBattery
ProtectingYourBattery
The guidelines listed below help you get the most out of your battery’s
performance.
ⅷ
Use only Sprint-approved batteries and desktop chargers.These
chargers are designed to maximize battery life. Using other batteries or
chargers voids your warranty and may cause damage.
ⅷ
In order to avoid damage, charge the battery only in temperatures that
range from 32° F to 113° F (0° C to 45° C).
ⅷ
Don’t use the battery charger in direct sunlight or in high humidity
areas, such as the bathroom.
ⅷ
Never dispose of the battery by incineration.
ⅷ
Keep the metal contacts on top of the battery clean.
ⅷ
Don’t attempt to disassemble or short-circuit the battery.
ⅷ
The battery may need recharging if it has not been used for a long period
of time.
ⅷ
It’s best to replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable
performance. It can be recharged hundreds of times before it needs
replacing.
ⅷ
Don’t store the battery in high temperature areas for long periods of
time. It’s best to follow these storage rules:
Less than one month:
-4° F to 140° F (-20° C to 60° C)
More than one month:
-4° F to 113° F (-20° C to 45° C)
DisposalofLithiumIon(LiIon)Batteries
For safe disposal options of your LiIon batteries, contact your nearest Sprint
authorized service center.
SpecialNote:Be sure to dispose of your battery properly. In some areas,
the disposal of batteries in household or business trash may
be prohibited.
Note:Forsafety, donot handleadamagedorleakingLiIonbattery.
340
Section4A:Safety
AcknowledgingSpecialPrecautionsand
theFCC Notice
FCC Notice
This phone may causeTV or radio interference if used in close proximity to
receiving equipment.The FCC can require you to stop using the phone if
such interference cannot be eliminated.This device has been tested and
found to comply with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
condition that this device does not cause harmful interference.
Vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (propane or butane) must comply
with the National Fire Protection Standard (NFPA-58). For a copy of this
standard, contact the National Fire Protections Association, One
Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269, Attn.: Publication Sales Division.
Cautions
Any changes or modifications to your phone not expressly approved in this
document could void your warranty for this equipment and void your
authority to operate this equipment. Only use approved batteries,
antennas and chargers.The use of any unauthorized accessories may be
dangerous and void the phone warranty if said accessories cause damage
or a defect to the phone.
Although your phone is quite sturdy, it is a complex piece of equipment and
can be broken. Avoid dropping, hitting, bending or sitting on it.
Body-WornOperation
To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines, if you wear a
handset on your body, use the Sprint supplied or approved carrying case,
holster or other body-worn accessory. If you do not use a body-worn
accessory, ensure the antenna is at least 1.9 centimeters from your body
when transmitting. Use of non-Sprint approved accessories may violate
FCC RF exposure guidelines.
For more information about RF exposure, visit the FCCWebsite at
Section4A:Safety
341
SpecificAbsorptionRates(SAR)forWirelessPhones
The SAR is a value that corresponds to the relative amount of RF energy
absorbed in the head of a user of a wireless handset.
The SAR value of a phone is the result of an extensive testing, measuring
and calculation process. It does not represent how much RF the phone
emits. All phone models are tested at their highest value in strict laboratory
settings. But when in operation, the SAR of a phone can be substantially
less than the level reported to the FCC.This is because of a variety of factors
including its proximity to a base station antenna, phone design and other
factors. What is important to remember is that each phone meets strict
federal guidelines.Variations in SARs do not represent a variation in safety.
All phones must meet the federal standard, which incorporates a
substantial margin of safety. As stated above, variations in SAR values
between different model phones do not mean variations in safety. SAR
values at or below the federal standard of 1.6W/kg are considered safe for
use by the public.
The highest reported SAR values of the MM-9000 are:
CellularCDMAmode(Part 22):
Head: 0.380W/kg; Body-worn: 0.851W/kg
PCSCDMAmode(Part 24):
Head: 0.766 W/kg; Body-worn: 0.635 W/kg
FCCRadiofrequencyEmission
This phone meets the FCC Radiofrequency Emission Guidelines.
FCC ID number: AEZSCP-90H. More information on the phone’s SAR can be
342
Section4A:Safety
Owner’sRecord
The model number, regulatory number and serial number are located on a
nameplate inside the battery compartment. Record the serial number in
the space provided below.This will be helpful if you need to contact us
about your phone in the future.
SM
Model: Sprint PowerVision Multimedia Phone MM-9000 by Sanyo
Serial No.:
PhoneGuideProprietaryNotice
CDMATechnology is licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or
more of the following patents:
4,901,307 5,109,390 5,267,262 5,416,797
5,506,865 5,544,196 5,657,420 5,101,501
5,267,261 5,414,796 5,504,773 5,535,239
5,600,754 5,778,338 5,228,054 5,337,338
5,710,784 5,056,109 5,568,483 5,659,569
5,490,165 5,511,073
T9Text Input is licensed byTegic Communications and is covered by U.S. Pat.
5,818,437, U.S. Pat. 5,953,541, U.S. Pat. 6,011,554 and other patents
pending.
Phone Guide template version 5A_int (July 2005)
Section4A:Safety
343
344
Section 4B
Manufacturer’s Warranty
In This Section
ࡗ Manufacturer’sWarranty
YourSprint PCSPhonehasbeendesignedtoprovideyouwith
reliable, worry-freeservice. If for any reason you have a
problem with your equipment, please refer to the
manufacturer’s warranty in this section.
For information regarding the terms and conditions of
service for your Sprint PCS Phone, please visit www.sprint.com
and click on the “Terms & Conditions”link at the bottom or
call Sprint Customer Service at 1-888-211-4PCS .
Section 4B:Warranty
345
Manufacturer’sWarranty
CustomerLimitedWarranty
SPRINT SPECTRUM, L.P., (Sprint) offers you a limited warranty that the
enclosed subscriber unit (Product), including accessories in the product
package, will be free from defects in material or workmanship as follows:
SUBSCRIBER UNIT:
A. SPRINT ONE (1)YEAR LIMITEDWARRANTY: For a period of one (1) year
from the date of purchase, Sprint will, at its option, either pay the parts and
®
labor charges to any authorized PCS Phone service facility to repair or
replace a defective product (with new or rebuilt parts/replacements). After
this one (1) year period, you must pay all parts, shipping and labor charges.
B. REPAIRS: For a period equal to the remainder of the original limited
warranty period on an original Product or for the 180 days after the date of
repair/replacement, whichever is longer, Sprint will repair or replace (with
new or rebuilt replacement) defective parts or Product used in the repair or
replacement of the original Product under this LimitedWarranty.
Proof of purchase in the from of a bill of sale or receipted invoice warranty
repair document which is evidence that the Product is within the warranty
period must be presented to obtain warranty service.This limited warranty
is not transferable to any third party, including but not limited to any
subsequent purchaser or owner of the Products.
Transfer or resale of a Product will automatically terminate warranty
coverage with respect to the Products.
This limited warranty dose not cover and is void with respect to the
following: (i) Products which have been improperly installed, repaired,
maintained or modified (including the antenna); (ii) Products which have
been subjected to misuse (including Products used in conjunction with
hardware electrically or mechanically incompatible or used with
accessories not supplied by Sprint), abuse accident, physical damage,
abnormal operation, improper handling and storage, neglect, exposure to
fire, water or excessive moisture or dampness or extreme changes in
climate or temperature, (iii) Products operated outside published
maximum ratings; (iv) cosmetic damage; (v) Products on which warranty
stickers or Product serial numbers have been removed, altered, or rendered
illegible; (vi) customer instruction; (vii) cost of installation, removal or
reinstallation; (viii) signal reception problems (unless caused by defect in
346
Section 4B:Warranty
material and workmanship); (ix) damage the result of fire, flood, acts of
God or other acts which are not the fault of Sprint and which the Product is
not specified to tolerate, including damage caused by mishandling and
blown fuses; (x) consumables (such as fuses); or (xi) any Products which
have been opened, repaired, modified or altered by anyone other than
Sprint or a Sprint authorized service center.
This warranty does not cover customer education, instruction, installation,
set up adjustments, or signal reception problems.
This warranty is valid only in the United States.
USEWITH ACCESSORIES NOT SUPPLIED BY SPRINT OR OTHERWISE NOT
EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED BY SPRINT MAY BE DANGEROUS.
SPRINT SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY, AND SHALL HAVE NO
OBLIGATIONTO PROVIDETO BUYER ANY OTHER REMEDY, FOR ANY AND ALL
DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, GENERAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO LOSS OF PROFITS, LOST SALES,
LOSS OF USE OFTHE PRODUCT, OR ANTICIPATED PROFITS ARISING OUT OF
USE OF OR INABILITYTO USE ANY PRODUCT (FOR EXAMPLE, WASTED
AIRTIME CHARGES DUETOTHE MALFUNCTION OF A PRODUCT), DAMAGE
DUETO IMPROPER OPERATION OR MAINTENANCE, INSTALLATION,
CONNECTIONTO IMPROPERVOLTAGE SUPPLY. OR ATTEMPTED REPAIR OF
THE PRODUCT BY ANYONE OTHERTHAN A FACILITY AUTHORIZED BY
SPRINT.THISWARRANTY DOES NOT COVER PRODUCTS SOLD AS IS ORWITH
ALL FAULTS, OR CONSUMABLES, (SUCH AS FUSES).THISWARRANTY DOES
NOT APPLYWHENTHE MALFUNCTION RESULTS FROM USE OFTHE
PRODUCT IN CONJUNCTIONWITH ACCESSORIES, PRODUCTS OR
ANCILLARY OR PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT NOT SUPPLIED BY OR EXPRESSLY
AUTHORIZED FOR USE BY SPRINT, ANDWHERE IT IS DETERMINED BY SPRINT
THATTHERE IS NO FAULTWITHTHE PRODUCT ITSELF.
REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT, AS PROVIDED UNDERTHEWARRANTY, ISYOUR
SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OFTHE LIMITEDWARRANTY.TO
THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, SPRINT MAKES NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECTTOTHE
PRODUCTS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR AGAINST INFRINGEMENT
WITHINTHETIME PERIOD SPECIFIED INTHE LIMITEDWARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ONTHIS
PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATIONTOTHE DURATION OFTHISWARRANTY.
Some States do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied
warranty last, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.
Section 4B:Warranty
347
This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have
other rights which vary from State to State.
For otherWarranty Service Information, please call SPRINT CUSTOMER
SERVICE at 1- 888- 211- 4727.
348
Section 4B:Warranty
Copyright(c)2005ACCESSSystemsAmericaInc. ACCESS, NetFront areregisteredtrademarksor
trademarksownedbyACCESSCo., Ltd. inJapanandselectedcountriesworldwide. NetFront isa
registeredtrademarkofNetFront Communications, Inc.intheUnitedStatesandisusedundera
license. Portionsofthissoftwarearebasedinpart ontheworkoftheIndependent JPEGGroup.
Copyright (c)2005InnoPathSoftware. Allrightsreserved.
©2005Sprint Nextel. Allrightsreserved. Noreproductioninwholeorinpart without priorwritten
approval. Sprint, the “Going Forward”logo and other trademarks are trademarks of Sprint Nextel.
SanyoisaregisteredtrademarkofSanyoElectricCo.,Ltd.
349
350
Bookmarks 309
BrowserMenu 307
Index
A
C
AbbreviatedDialing 41, 84
Calculator 150
Calendar 136-144
CallAlarms 139
CallForwarding 287
CallGuard 103
CallHistory 113-119
Erasing 119
MakingaCallFrom 116
Options 115
PrependingaNumber
From 118
SavingaPhoneNumber
From 117
Viewing 114
CallWaiting 285
CallbackNumber 72
CallerID 285
Camera 199-228
CameraModeOptions
203
AirplaneMode 76
AlarmClock 147
Alert Notification 57
Animation 61
AnsweringCalls 27
AnyKeyAnswer 82
AOLInstant Messenger 300
AOLMail 299
AreaNameDisplay 62
AutoAnswerMode 80
AutomaticSpeech
Recognition(ASR) 154-165
Activating 154
ASRHelp 165
DigitTraining 164
MakingaVoiceCall 156
MakingInternationalCalls
161
MakingSprint PCSReady
LinkCalls 162
Flash 205
Self-Timer 205
Settings 209
StitchShot 206
TakingPictures 200
Zoom 207
B
Backlight 60
Battery
Capacity 22
Charging 23
Disposal 340
Installing 22
Removing 23
Chat 301
Index
351
ContactsDirectory 121-134
AddinganEntry 123
AssigningImages 131
DialingFrom 39
Erasing
ContactsDirectory 93
Downloads 94
Sprint PCSReadyLinkLists
249
Displaying 122
VoiceTags 93
Event Alerts 138
EditingEntries 129
EntryOptions 127
FindingEntries 124
Secret Entries 133
CountdownTimer 148
F
Flash 205
Font Size 67
D
H
DigitalPrint OrderFormat
(DPOF) 192
Headset Mode 85
DisplayLanguage 80
DisplaySettings 59-68
AreaName 62
I
IconDefinitions 145
Instant Messaging 300
Background 66
Font Size 67
IncomingCalls 61
LED 63
K
KeyPressEcho 54
L
MenuStyle 65
MyBuddy 66
ScreenSaver 65
StandbyDisplay 64
DownloadingPremium
ServicesContent 302-306
LEDIndicator 63
LocationSettings 69
LockingYourPhone 88
M
Macro/NormalSwitch 204
MakingCalls 25
E
MediaPlayer 189, 257-263
ChannelListings 259
ChannelOptions 258
FAQs 261
PlayingaClip 260
MenuDiagram 108
MenuNavigation 106
EarthLink 299
Email 299
EnteringText 42-47
Alphabet Mode 46
Input Mode 42
T9Text Input 43
352
Index
MenuStyle 65
Messaging
Pictures
DigitalPrint OrderFormat
192
Pop-upMessages 70
Settings 70
Mini-Flashlight 207
miniSDCard 181-197
Adapter 185
Downloading 228
InPhoneFolder 218
PrintingDirectlyFrom
YourPhone 194
Sending 222
IconIndications 184
Inserting 182
Storing 217
Taking 200
Removing 183
Uploading 228
Plus(+)CodeDialing 38
PowerOntoAlert 86
Preset Messages 281
Settings 186
MSNHotmail 299
MSNMessenger 300
Multimedia-SeeMedia
Player
MyBuddy 66
MyContent Manager 304
MyFavorites 79
R
ReadyLink-SeeSprint PCS
ReadyLink
ReadyLinkGuard 252
ResettingYourPhone 95
ThroughSMS 96
RestrictingCalls 91
ReturntoStandby 68
RingerTypes 50
Calendar/Alarm 52
Messaging 52
N
Net Guard 293
O
OnDemand 321-323
Open/CloseFlipOption 81
P
RoamingCalls 51
Sprint PCSReadyLinkCalls
51, 252
VoiceCalls 50
Voicemail 52
Roaming 99-104
CallGuard 103
SettingRoamMode 102
PhoneasModem 324-325
PhoneNumber
Displaying 24
Finding 37
Saving 36
WithPauses 37
PictBridge 194
Index
353
S
Sprint PCSReadyLink
229-256
AddingaGroup 244
AddingandEditing
Contacts 241
SafetyInformation 335-343
ScreenCall 176
ScreenSaver 65
Security 87-98
Alert Notification 254
CallAlerts 231
ErasingEntries 248
ErasingLists 249
MakingaCallbyEnteringa
Number 237
MakingaGroupCall 236
MakingaOne-to-OneCall
234
MissedCallNotification
238
CallinginLockMode 90
ChangingtheLockCode
90
LockingYourPhone 88
Menu 88
UnlockingYourPhone 89
Self-Timer 205
SideKeyGuard 82
SilenceAll 58
SleepMode 68
SMSMessaging-SeeText
SMSMessagingandVoice
SMSMessaging
Options 240
ReadyLinkList 233
ReceivingaCall 239
RingerTypes 252
SettingReadyLinkMode
230
SpecialNumbers 92
SpeedDialing 40
AssigningNumbers 130
Sprint CustomerService 7
Sprint MusicStore 317-320
Sprint PCSMail 298
Sprint PCSPictureMail
SendingFromInPhone
222
Settings 250
UpdatingtheLists 250
Sprint PCSService
Account Password 6
DialingFromContacts 134
DirectoryAssistance 8
OperatorServices 9
Sprint PCSVision 289-314
Chat 301
SendingFromMessaging
224
Viewing 226
Website 225
ConnectionStatusand
Indicators 294
354
Index
DownloadingPremium
ServicesContent 302
Email 299
T
T9Text Input 43
Text Greeting 59
Text SMSMessaging
278-281
Accessing 280
Composing 279
Three-WayCalling 286
ToDoList 142
ToneLength 53
TTYUse 77
FAQs 313
Instant Messaging 300
LaunchingaConnection
292
MyContent Manager 304
NavigatingtheWeb 295
Net Guard 293
Password 6
Sprint PCSMail 298
UserName 290
Sprint PCSVoiceCommand
327-331
AccessingInformation
331
U
UnlockingYourPhone 89
UpdatingYourPhone 151
USBConnection 196
UserAddress 145
AddressBook 329
MakingaCall 330
Sprint PowerVision 315-325
DataConnection 324
Enabling 316
V
VibratePatterns 56
Videos
Downloading 228
Options 213
Recording 211
Sending 222
OnDemand 321
PhoneasModem 324
Sprint MusicStore 317
StandbyModeDisplay 64
Start-up/Power-offTone 53
StitchShots 206
Storing 217
Uploading 228
VoiceMemos 166
VoicePrompt 54
VoiceRecorder 166
VoiceSMSMessaging
282-284
StopWatch 149
Accessing 284
Composing 283
Index
355
VoiceTags
Erasing 160
MakingaCallWith 158
Programming 159
Reviewing 159
Voicemail
ClearingtheIcon 275
MenuKey 276
MessageAlerts 269
Notification 269
Options 272
Password 6
Retrieving 270
SettingUp 5, 268
VolumeSettings 55
W
Warranty 346
Web 307
WorldClock 150
Y
Yahoo!Mail 299
Yahoo!Messenger 300
356
Index
Notes
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
|